WO2020137921A1 - Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method - Google Patents

Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020137921A1
WO2020137921A1 PCT/JP2019/050208 JP2019050208W WO2020137921A1 WO 2020137921 A1 WO2020137921 A1 WO 2020137921A1 JP 2019050208 W JP2019050208 W JP 2019050208W WO 2020137921 A1 WO2020137921 A1 WO 2020137921A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
compound
radiation
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/050208
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
直也 畠山
康智 米久田
英明 椿
敬充 冨賀
東 耕平
康史 大石
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN201980086223.5A priority Critical patent/CN113260604B/en
Priority to KR1020217020034A priority patent/KR102603416B1/en
Priority to JP2020563225A priority patent/JP7295886B2/en
Publication of WO2020137921A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020137921A1/en
Priority to JP2023038053A priority patent/JP2023082000A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C205/00Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C205/44Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by —CHO groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/03Ethers having all ether-oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C43/04Saturated ethers
    • C07C43/10Saturated ethers of polyhydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/03Ethers having all ether-oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C43/04Saturated ethers
    • C07C43/10Saturated ethers of polyhydroxy compounds
    • C07C43/11Polyethers containing —O—(C—C—O—)n units with ≤ 2 n≤ 10
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/03Ethers having all ether-oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C43/04Saturated ethers
    • C07C43/13Saturated ethers containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/20Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C47/00Compounds having —CHO groups
    • C07C47/02Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen
    • C07C47/04Formaldehyde
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C47/00Compounds having —CHO groups
    • C07C47/02Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen
    • C07C47/06Acetaldehyde
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C47/00Compounds having —CHO groups
    • C07C47/02Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen
    • C07C47/12Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen containing more than one —CHO group
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C47/00Compounds having —CHO groups
    • C07C47/02Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen
    • C07C47/14Saturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to hydrogen containing halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C47/00Compounds having —CHO groups
    • C07C47/20Unsaturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C47/21Unsaturated compounds having —CHO groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with only carbon-to-carbon double bonds as unsaturation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/02Esters of acyclic saturated monocarboxylic acids having the carboxyl group bound to an acyclic carbon atom or to hydrogen
    • C07C69/12Acetic acid esters
    • C07C69/16Acetic acid esters of dihydroxylic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D303/00Compounds containing three-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D303/02Compounds containing oxirane rings
    • C07D303/48Compounds containing oxirane rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/68Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/16Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/168Finishing the coated layer, e.g. drying, baking, soaking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm) Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used in order to compensate the sensitivity decrease due to light absorption.
  • the photo-acid generator contained in the exposed portion is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. Then, in a post exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like, the alkali-insoluble group contained in the photosensitive composition is changed into an alkali-soluble group by the catalytic action of the acid generated. After that, development is performed using, for example, an alkaline solution. As a result, the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
  • various alkaline developers have been proposed. For example, as this alkaline developer, an aqueous alkaline developer of 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) is generally used.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light source has been shortened and the numerical aperture (high NA) of the projection lens has been increased.
  • an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser having a wavelength of 193 nm has been developed.
  • As a technique for further increasing the resolution there is a method (that is, an immersion method) in which a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter, also referred to as “immersion liquid”) is filled between the projection lens and the sample.
  • immersion liquid a liquid having a high refractive index
  • Patent Document 1 describes a photoresist composition containing a polymer having a structural unit containing an acid-dissociable group that dissociates by the action of an acid, a radiation-sensitive acid generator, and a solvent.
  • a further object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a compound (P) which is at least one of the compounds represented by the following general formula (2): ,
  • the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition,
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ls may be the same or different.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, when R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C( ⁇ O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 100 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, according to any one of [1] to [4].
  • a pattern forming method comprising: a step of exposing the resist film according to [7]; and a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
  • An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to [8].
  • the present invention it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that achieves both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
  • the present invention can further provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the "organic group” in this specification means the group containing at least 1 carbon atom.
  • the kind of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when the phrase “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and the substituent can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group
  • Alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group
  • Acyloxy group such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group
  • an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group
  • actinic ray or “radiation” used herein refers to, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron rays (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the “light” in the present specification means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification means not only exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beam, and It also includes exposure with a particle beam such as an ion beam.
  • exposure in the present specification, “to” is used to mean that numerical values described before and after the “to” are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic represents acryl and methacryl
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of resin components are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (Tosoh Corporation).
  • HLC-8120GPC manufactured by HLC
  • solvent tetrahydrofuran
  • flow rate sample injection amount: 10 ⁇ L
  • column TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • flow rate 1.0 mL/min
  • Detector It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
  • the amount of each component in the composition refers to the total amount of the corresponding substances present in the composition, unless there is a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified. means.
  • the term “step” is included in the term as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved, not only when it is an independent step but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.
  • the “total solid content” refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from the total composition.
  • the “solid content” is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be a solid or a liquid at 25° C., for example.
  • “mass %” and “weight %” have the same meaning
  • “mass part” and “weight part” have the same meaning.
  • a combination of two or more preferable aspects is a more preferable aspect.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition”) according to the present invention, An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound represented by the general formula (1) described below and a compound (P) which is at least one of the compounds represented by the general formula (2) described below. hand, The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, The molecular weight of the compound (P) is 500 or less.
  • the present inventor can achieve both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
  • the reason is not clear, but it is presumed to be as follows.
  • the present inventors have added to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) as described above.
  • the compound (P) which is a compound
  • the rectangularity of the pattern cross-sectional shape is extremely excellent. I found that it would be a good thing.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the compound (P) in the above-mentioned trace amount range, but the exact reason is unclear, but the exposed portion of the resist film is It is presumed that this is due to the fact that the generated acid was suppressed from being excessively diffused in the unexposed area.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (P) is set to 500 or less by adjusting the molecular weight of the compound (P), which is at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2), to 500 or less. It is considered that the improvement in flexibility of the resist film is suppressed as compared with the case where the value is more than 500.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the compound (P) having a molecular weight of 500 or less in the above-mentioned trace amount range, so that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • the fact that the temporal stability can be further improved is a finding that the present inventors have earnestly studied, but the reason is unknown.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically preferably a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • composition of the present invention comprises a compound (P) which is at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (P)”). ) Is included.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ls may be the same or different.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, when R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C( ⁇ O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom.
  • the substituents as R 1 and R 2 are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include monovalent organic groups.
  • Specific examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an acyl group.
  • alkyl group examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferable.
  • alkenyl group examples include alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and are preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a hetero atom between carbon-carbon bonds.
  • hetero atom examples include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
  • aryl group examples include an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocycle having no aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and the sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
  • acyl group examples include an acyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and specifically, an acetyl group.
  • the above alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, or acyl group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include the above substituent T.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Preferably, it represents an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent linking group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above substituent T.
  • the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2. When n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2. If this is not satisfied, it tends to be difficult to improve the temporal stability and the pattern rectangularity.
  • the upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is 10 for example. n is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the substituent as R 3 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an acyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferable.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and are preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a hetero atom between carbon-carbon bonds. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
  • the aryl group examples include an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocycle having no aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and the sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
  • acyl group examples include an acyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and specifically, an acetyl group.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, heteroaryl group, and acyl group may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom), a nitro group and a formyl group.
  • R 3 represents a substituent
  • the atom bonded to H—C( ⁇ O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom. If this is not satisfied, it tends to be difficult to improve the temporal stability and the pattern rectangularity.
  • the above compound (P) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4).
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is 10 for example.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n1 is not particularly limited, but is 5, for example.
  • n1 is preferably 1 to 4, and preferably 1 or 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n2 is not particularly limited, but is 5, for example.
  • n2 is preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.
  • C 3 H 6 may be linear or branched.
  • C 3 H 6 may be linear or branched.
  • the content of the above compound (P) (when there are a plurality of compounds (P), the total thereof) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. If the content of the compound (P) (the total of the compounds (P) when there are a plurality of compounds) is less than 1 ppm, the effect of the present invention cannot be exhibited. If the content of the compound (P) (the total when plural compounds (P) are present) exceeds 1000 ppm, the rectangularity of the pattern shape and the temporal stability cannot both be achieved.
  • the content of the above compound (P) (when there are a plurality of compounds (P), the total thereof) is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of the rectangularity of the obtained pattern shape and the stability over time. It is preferably 1 ppm or more and 500 ppm or less, more preferably 1 ppm or more and 200 ppm or less, and further preferably 1 ppm or more and 100 ppm or less, based on the total mass of the product.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (P) is 500 or less. When multiple compounds (P) are present, the molecular weight of each compound (P) is 500 or less. When the molecular weight of the compound (P) exceeds 500, the plasticity of the compound is developed to promote the diffusion of the acid generated in the exposed portion of the resist film, and the rectangularity of the obtained pattern is deteriorated.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound (P) is not particularly limited, but is 30 for example.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (P) is preferably 30 to 400, more preferably 30 to 300, from the viewpoint of suppressing plasticization.
  • composition of the present invention contains the compound (P) described above, but may contain the compound represented by the general formula (1), and the compound represented by the general formula (2). May be contained, and the compound represented by the above general formula (1) and the compound represented by the above general formula (2) may be contained.
  • the composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (1), the compound represented by the general formula (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. You may use together.
  • the composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (2), the compound represented by the general formula (2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. You may use together.
  • the content of the above compound (P) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be measured, for example, by the following method.
  • a resist solution containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) was prepared, and a FID detector (Agilent-6890A, Agilent) using a WAX-based column (DB-HeaveWAX (#123-7162), manufactured by Agilent Technologies) was used. -Analysis was carried out with a GC (gas chromatograph) device (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) manufactured by Technology.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
  • the standard reagent is a mixture of a compound represented by the general formula (1) to be quantified with a known concentration and acetonitrile with a known concentration. A commercial item can be used as said acetonitrile.
  • a resist solution containing the compound represented by the general formula (2) was prepared, and ultrasonic waves were irradiated for 3 minutes using an ultrasonic device (tabletop ultrasonic cleaner (#5510), manufactured by Bransonic Corp.).
  • the obtained solution was used as a liquid chromatograph apparatus (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) using a UV detector (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B manufactured by Agilent Technologies) using a reversed-phase column (Shim-pack CLC-ODS (M), manufactured by Shimadzu GLC).
  • 1100 HPLC G1311A manufactured by Agilent Technologies.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (2) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
  • the standard reagent is a mixture of the compound represented by the general formula (2) whose concentration is known and the DNPH whose concentration is known.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is typically a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid to change its solubility in a developing solution (hereinafter, also referred to as “resin (A)”). It is preferable to contain).
  • the resin (resin (A)) whose polarity increases due to the action of the acid is preferably a resin obtained by polymerizing at least an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound preferably has 1 to 4 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably one. Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a monomer.
  • the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 28 to 1,000, more preferably 50 to 800, particularly preferably 100 to 600.
  • the resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid preferably has an acid-decomposable group, and more preferably a resin having a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as the developing solution, A negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group (also referred to as “repeating unit”).
  • a known resin can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs 0055 to 0191 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458, paragraphs 0035 to 0085 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraphs 0045 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147150 can be preferably used as the resin (A).
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • a polar group carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl) ) Methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group and other acidic groups (2 Group which dissociates in an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydro
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and is a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the ⁇ -position of the hydroxyl group is electron withdrawing such as a fluorine atom.
  • Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group and the like
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • polar groups include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a sulfonic acid group.
  • the preferred group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ), —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ), and — Examples thereof include C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ).
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and hexyl. Group, octyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecyl group. Group, and androstanyl group and the like. At least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • cycloalkyl group a cyclopentyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group Is preferred.
  • a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula AI as a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 are each independently.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, and —O—Rt—.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group
  • T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-.
  • Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, or —(CH 2 ) 3 —. More preferably, T is a single bond.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or isobutyl. And a t-butyl group are preferred.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, adamantyl group and the like. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two members of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring, tetracyclo
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl ring such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, and an adamantane ring is preferable.
  • a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two members of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 the structures shown below are also preferable.
  • the resin (A) has a structural unit described in paragraphs 0336 to 0369 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 as a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0363 to 0364, to generate an alcoholic hydroxyl group as a structural unit having an acid decomposable group. You may have the structural unit containing a group.
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group and a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and released by the action of an acid. It is preferable to have
  • a phenolic hydroxyl group is a group formed by substituting a hydrogen atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon group with a hydroxyl group.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • Examples of the leaving group that is decomposed and released by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ).
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Among them, Rx 1 ⁇ Rx 3 are each independently, more preferably a repeating unit represents a linear or branched alkyl group, Rx 1 ⁇ Rx 3 each independently represents a linear It is more preferable that the repeating unit is an alkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group. ..
  • the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic ring such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two members of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group.
  • Groups and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as adamantyl groups are preferred. Of these, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two members of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
  • Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to each other to form the above cycloalkyl group. preferable.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • a hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group is represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4) Those having a structure protected by a group represented by are preferred.
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is preferable as the repeating unit having a structure protected by a leaving group (acid-decomposable group) in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and released by the action of an acid.
  • R 61 , R 62, and R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 62 may combine with Ar 6 to form a ring, in which case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 6 represents a (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents a (n+2)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when it forms a ring by bonding with R 62 .
  • Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid when n ⁇ 2. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • the groups capable of leaving by the action of an acid as Y 2 are preferably of the formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and Examples thereof include alkoxycarbonyl groups (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having an acid-decomposable group, or may include two or more types.
  • the content of the constitutional unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of constitutional units having an acid-decomposable group, the total thereof) is, with respect to all the constitutional units of the resin (A), 5 mol% to 90 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is more preferable, and 15 mol% to 70 mol% is further preferable.
  • the “constituent unit” when the content of the “constituent unit” is defined by a molar ratio, the “constituent unit” is synonymous with the “monomer unit”.
  • the “monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
  • Any lactone structure or sultone structure may be used as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5 to 7-membered sultone structure,
  • a bicyclic structure in a membered lactone structure, or another ring structure condensed to form a spiro structure, or another ring structure in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed in a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure Is more preferably a condensed ring.
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) are alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups.
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the plural substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the constitutional unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the following formula III.
  • the resin having a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula III.
  • A represents an ester bond (group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (group represented by —CONH—).
  • n is the repeating number of the structure represented by -R 0 -Z-, represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and is more preferably 0.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, more preferably an ester bond.
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material for the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may have a structural unit having a carbonate structure.
  • the carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonic acid ester structure.
  • the structural unit having a cyclic carbonic acid ester structure is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula A-1.
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group), n represents an integer of 0 or more, and R A 2 represents a substituent. Represents a group. R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z represents —O—C( ⁇ O) in the formula. ) Represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure with a group represented by —O—.
  • the resin (A) is described in paragraphs 0370 to 0414 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 as a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure. It is also preferable to have a structural unit.
  • the resin (A) preferably has at least two structural units (a) having a lactone structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “structural unit (a)”).
  • the at least two lactone structures may be, for example, a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed, or may be a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group. Good.
  • the lactone structure contained in the structural unit (a) is not particularly limited, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed in the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure to reduce other ring structures. A ring is preferable.
  • the lactone structure is preferably, for example, the lactone structure represented by any of LC1-1 to LC1-21 described above.
  • structural unit (a) is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula L-1.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Rb represents a partial structure having two or more lactone structures.
  • the Ra alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Ra may be substituted.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, a hydroxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, an alkoxy group such as a t-butoxy group and a benzyloxy group, an acetyl group.
  • acetoxy groups such as propionyl group.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • Examples of the lactone structure contained in the Rb partial structure include the lactone structure described above.
  • the partial structure of Rb having two or more lactone structures is preferably, for example, a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group, and a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed. ..
  • a structural unit (a1) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed and a structural unit (a2) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group are described below. Each will be explained.
  • the structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed is preferably a structure in which two or three lactone structures are condensed, and is a structure in which two lactone structures are condensed. Is more preferable.
  • Examples of the structural unit having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed include structural units represented by the following formula L-2.
  • Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1
  • Re 1 to Re 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Me 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Me 2 and Me 3 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • the alkyl group of Re 1 to Re 8 preferably has, for example, 5 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 carbon atom.
  • Examples of the alkyl group of Re 1 to Re 8 having 5 or less carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group and isopentyl. Group, s-pentyl group, t-pentyl group and the like. Among them, Re 1 to Re 8 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group of Me 1 include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, and a group in which two or more of these groups are combined.
  • the alkylene group of Me 1 preferably has, for example, 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Moreover, it is more preferable that it has 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms is, for example, preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group.
  • the alkylene group of Me 1 may be linear or branched, and examples thereof include methylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, ethane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane. Examples thereof include a 1,3-diyl group, a propane-2,2-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group and a hexane-1,6-diyl group.
  • the cycloalkylene group of Me 1 has, for example, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkylene group of Me 1 include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cycloheptylene group, a cyclooctylene group, and a cyclodecylene group.
  • a group in which two or more groups are combined is, for example, a group in which an alkylene group and —COO— are combined or a group in which —OCO— and an alkylene group are combined.
  • the group in which two or more groups are combined is more preferably a group in which a methylene group and a —COO— group are combined and a group in which a —COO— group and a methylene group are combined.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group of Me 2 and Me 3 include an alkylene group and —O—.
  • the divalent linking group of Me 2 and Me 3 is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group or —O—, more preferably —O—.
  • the monomer corresponding to the structural unit (a1) can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2005-160836.
  • R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group
  • * represents a bonding position with another structural unit.
  • -Structural unit (a2) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group-
  • the structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group is preferably a structure in which 2 to 4 lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group, and the two lactone structures are It is more preferable that the structure is a single bond or a connecting group.
  • the linking group include the same groups as those mentioned as the linking group of M 2 in formula L-3 described later.
  • structural unit (a2) has, for example, a structure represented by the following formula L-3. The unit is mentioned.
  • Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1, M 1 and M 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group, and Lc 1 and Lc 2 each independently represent a lactone. It represents a group having a structure.
  • Examples of the linking group of M 1 include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, and groups in which two or more of these groups are combined.
  • the alkylene group of M 1 preferably has, for example, 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group for M 1 may be linear or branched, and examples thereof include methylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, ethane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane.
  • Examples thereof include a 1,3-diyl group, a propane-2,2-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group and a hexane-1,6-diyl group.
  • the cycloalkylene group of M 1 preferably has, for example, 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkylene group of M 1 include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cycloheptylene group, a cyclooctylene group, a cyclodecylene group and the like.
  • the group in which two or more groups are combined as the linking group for M 1 is preferably, for example, a group in which an alkylene group and —COO— are combined, or a group in which —OCO— and an alkylene group are combined. Further, the group in which two or more groups are combined is more preferably a group in which a methylene group and a —COO— group are combined and a group in which a —COO— group and a methylene group are combined.
  • Examples of the linking group for M 2 include the same groups as those mentioned for the linking group for M 1 .
  • the lactone structure of Lc 1 is, for example, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure, in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • the lactone structure is more preferably a lactone structure represented by any of LC1-1 to LC1-21. More preferable lactone structures include LC1-1, LC1-4, LC1-5, LC1-6, LC1-13, LC1-14 and LC1-17.
  • the lactone structure of Lc 1 may contain a substituent.
  • lactone structure of Lc1 may include include the same substituents as the above-described substituent (Rb2) of the lactone structure.
  • the lactone structure of Lc 2 includes, for example, the same lactone structure as the lactone structure of Lc 1 .
  • the structural unit (a2) is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula L-4 as the structural unit represented by the above formula L-3.
  • Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1
  • Mf 1 and Mf 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group
  • Rf 1 , Rf 2 and Rf 3 are independent of each other.
  • Mf 1 and Rf 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Mf 2 and Rf 2 or Rf 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring. It may be formed.
  • the linking group for Mf 1 has the same meaning as the linking group for M 1 in formula L-3 above.
  • the linking group for Mf 2 has the same meaning as the linking group for M 2 in formula L-3 above.
  • Examples of the alkyl group of Rf 1 include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of Rf 1 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rf 1 may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group of Rf 1 may have include a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group of Rf 2 and Rf 3 has the same meaning as the alkyl group of Rf 1 .
  • Mf 1 and Rf 1 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the structure in which Mf1 and Rf1 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by LC1-13, LC1-14, or LC1-17 described above in the lactone structure described above.
  • Mf 2 and Rf 2 or Rf 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the structure in which Mf2 and Rf2 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by LC1-7, LC1-8 or LC1-15 described above in the lactone structure described above.
  • Examples of the structure in which Mf 2 and Rf 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by any of the above-mentioned LC1-3 to LC1-6 in the above-mentioned lactone structure.
  • Specific examples of the structural unit (a2) are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto. * Represents a bonding position with another structural unit.
  • the constituent unit having at least two lactone structures usually has optical isomers, but any optical isomer may be used. Moreover, one optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one type of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the content of the structural unit having at least two lactone structures is preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 50 mol%, and even more preferably the content of all structural units in the resin (A). It is 30 to 50 mol %.
  • the total content of the constituent units having at least two lactone structures is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin (A) may contain one kind of structural unit having at least one kind selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, or may contain two or more kinds in combination.
  • a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure and a carbonate structure contained in the resin (A) (selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure and a carbonate structure.
  • the total thereof is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, and 10 mol% to 65 mol% with respect to all the constitutional units of the resin (A). Is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having a polar group.
  • the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and a carboxy group.
  • the constituent unit having a polar group is preferably a constituent unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group.
  • the structural unit having a polar group does not have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group is preferably an adamantyl group or a norbornyl group.
  • the resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having a polar group, or may include two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the structural unit having a polar group is preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 30 mol%, and more preferably 10 mol% to 25% with respect to all the structural units in the resin (A). More preferred is mol %.
  • the resin (A) can further have a structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group.
  • the constituent unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the structural unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group include the structural units described in paragraphs 0236 to 0237 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0026083. Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group are shown below.
  • the resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group, or may include two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all the structural units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) can further have the following repeating unit (a1).
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer (also referred to as “monomer a1”) having a glass transition temperature of 50° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Therefore, the repeating unit (a1) does not have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is a catalog value or a literature value if there is a literature value, and if not, it is measured by a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) method.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the homopolymer used for Tg measurement is 18000, and the dispersity (Mw/Mn) is 1.7.
  • the DSC device a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 type manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature rising rate is measured at 10° C./min.
  • the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg may be synthesized by a known method using a corresponding monomer, for example, a general dropping polymerization method.
  • a general dropping polymerization method An example is shown below.
  • 54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate was added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the monomer a1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50° C. or less when it is a homopolymer, and improves the resolution of the dot pattern and the roughness of the side wall of the resist pattern that may occur during etching.
  • Tg of the homopolymer is preferably 30° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of Tg when the monomer a1 is a homopolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 80° C. or higher, more preferably ⁇ 70° C. or higher, further preferably ⁇ 60° C. or higher, and particularly preferably Is -50°C or higher.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, from the viewpoint that the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. Is preferred.
  • non-acid decomposable means that the acid generated by the photo-acid generator does not cause elimination/decomposition reaction. That is, the "non-acid-decomposable alkyl group” is, more specifically, an alkyl group that is not eliminated from the resin (A) by the action of an acid generated by the photo-acid generator, or a photo-acid generator is generated.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, will be described below.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a hetero group in the chain. Examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing an atom. Examples of the alkyl group having a hetero atom in the chain and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 --. Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, Heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, lauryl group, stearyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, and one or more of these-
  • An example is a monovalent alkyl group in which CH 2 — is replaced with —O— or —O—CO—.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, is preferably 2 or more and 16 or less, and more preferably 2 or more and 10 or less. It is more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • the lower limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T).
  • the repeating unit (a1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.
  • the halogen atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group. .. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a cyclohexyl group and the like. Among them, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 2 , are as described above.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a ring member, because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. It may be a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom.
  • a hetero atom in the chain may contain a hetero atom in the chain, a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, or may contain a hetero atom in the ring member, a non-acid decomposing having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group
  • the repeating unit having a volatile cycloalkyl group will be described.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable alkyl group is preferably 2 or more, and the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable alkyl group is, for example, 20 or less, from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50° C. or less. preferable.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number containing a hetero atom in the chain. There may be mentioned 2 to 20 alkyl groups. At least one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group. Examples of the alkyl group having a hetero atom in the chain and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 --. Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, is preferably 2 to 16 and more preferably 2 to 10 from the viewpoint of being more excellent in crack resistance (hard to generate cracks). Preferred is 2 to 8 and more preferred.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T). Specific examples of the repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group and containing a hetero atom in the chain include the repeating unit having the following structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 or more, and the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable cycloalkyl group is, for example, 20 or less, from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50° C. or less. It is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom as a ring member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (more specifically, a cyclohexyl group), and And a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom as a ring member. At least one hydrogen atom in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group having a hetero atom as a ring member and having 5 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 Or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T).
  • the chain may contain a heteroatom, a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, or a ring member may contain a hetero atom, a non-acid-decomposable cyclo group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  • a repeating unit having an alkyl group a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3) is preferable, because the effect of the present invention is excellent.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 4 is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom as a ring member.
  • R 3 has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the definition and preferred embodiments of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group have are as described above.
  • R 4 is preferably a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom as a ring member. Examples of this embodiment include a repeating unit having the following structure.
  • Examples of the monomer a1 include ethyl acrylate (-22°C), n-propyl acrylate (-37°C), isopropyl acrylate (-5°C), n-butyl acrylate (-55°C), n-butyl methacrylate (20°C).
  • n-hexyl acrylate (-57°C), n-hexyl methacrylate (-5°C), n-octyl methacrylate (-20°C), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (-70°C), isononyl acrylate (- 82°C), lauryl methacrylate (-65°C), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (-15°C), 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate (26°C), 1-[2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl] succinate (9°C) , 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (-10°C), sec-butyl acrylate (-26°C), methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (n 2) (-20°C), hexadecyl acrylate (35°C) and the like. ..
  • the value in parentheses represents Tg (° C.) when a homopolymer is used.
  • Monomers a1 are n-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, hexadecyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and The compound represented by MA-5 is preferred.
  • the resin (A) may include only one type of repeating unit (a1) or may include two or more types of repeating unit (a1).
  • the content of the repeating unit (a1) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total thereof) is preferably 5 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the resin (A), 10 mol% or more is more preferable, 50 mol% or less is preferable, 40 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is further preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is 5 to 50 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). Is preferred, 5 to 40 mol% is more preferred, and 5 to 30 mol% is even more preferred.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group. Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a4), the resin (A) is more excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development and is also excellent in etching resistance.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth)acrylate repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may combine with Ar 4 to form a ring, in which case R 42 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n+2)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when it is bonded to R 42 to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • X 4 is —COO— or —CONR 64 —.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a methyl group which may have a substituent, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is preferable. More preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in formula (I) may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in formula (I) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in the general formula (I) is preferably the same as the alkyl group in R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 above.
  • substituents in the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, and acyl groups.
  • Group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an arylene having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group.
  • Groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole are preferred.
  • n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary aromatic groups from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the above-described alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I).
  • Examples thereof include an alkyl group mentioned above; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, and a butoxy group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group; -CONR 64 represented by X 4 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group)
  • the alkyl group for R 64 in, which may have a substituent, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group
  • Alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group are preferable, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are more preferable. ..
  • X 4 a single bond, —
  • the divalent linking group as L 4 is preferably an alkylene group, and as the alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, which may have a substituent, And an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an octylene group are preferred.
  • Ar 4 an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is preferable, and a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit derived from hydroxystyrene. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group examples include 1 or 2.
  • the resin (A) may have one type of repeating unit (a4) alone, or may have two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, still more preferably 60 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) controls the dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general necessary properties of the resist such as resolving power, heat resistance, and sensitivity in addition to the above structural units. It is possible to have various building blocks for the purpose. Examples of such a structural unit include structural units corresponding to other monomers, but are not limited thereto.
  • the other monomer has, for example, one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, and vinyl esters.
  • a compound etc. can be mentioned.
  • any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that is copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various constitutional units may be copolymerized.
  • the content molar ratio of each structural unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
  • the resin (A) is substantially an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmission. It is preferable not to have. More specifically, in all the constituent units of the resin (A), the constituent unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, and ideally Is more preferably 0 mol%, that is, does not have a constitutional unit having an aromatic group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • the resin (A) is preferably composed of all (meth)acrylate-based structural units.
  • all of the constituent units are methacrylate-based constituent units
  • all of the constituent units are acrylate-based constituent units
  • all of the constituent units are those of methacrylate-based constituent units and acrylate-based constituent units.
  • the acrylate-based structural unit is 50 mol% or less based on all the structural units of the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) is It is preferable to include a constitutional unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is more preferable that the resin (A) contains a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. Examples of the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group include the repeating unit (a4) described above.
  • the resin (A) has a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group decomposed by the action of an acid. It is preferable to have a structure protected by a group capable of leaving (leaving group).
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the resin (A) is preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol%, and more preferably 40 mol% to 100 mol, based on all the structural units in the resin (A). % Is more preferable, and 50 mol% to 100 mol% is further preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, further preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred.
  • the dispersity (Mw/Mn) is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.6, further preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and 1.1 to 2. 0 is particularly preferred.
  • resin (A) examples include, but are not limited to, the resins A-1 to A-13 used in the examples.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin (A) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 60% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention. Is more preferable, and 80% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and further preferably 97% by mass or less.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G) described below, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention has a phenolic hydroxyl group. It is preferable to contain an alkali-soluble resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “resin (C)”).
  • the resin (C) preferably has a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. In this case, typically, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the cross-linking agent (G) may be supported on the resin (C).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain, as the resin (C), a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid, and the polarity is increased by the action of an acid. It is also possible to include at least a resin (C) other than the above resin and a resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid.
  • the resin (C) may contain the above-mentioned acid-decomposable group.
  • the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably the repeating unit (a4).
  • the resin (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin (C) in the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. Is more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • the resins disclosed in paragraphs 0142 to 0347 of US Patent Application Publication No. 016/0282720 can be preferably used.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention also preferably contains a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (E)”).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains at least a hydrophobic resin (E) other than a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid, and a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid. Is preferred. Since the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains the hydrophobic resin (E), the static/dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be improved. Can be controlled.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed so as to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar/nonpolar substance is not necessary. It may not contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the resin having a fluorine atom is treated as a hydrophobic resin and a fluorine-containing resin described later. Further, it is preferable that the resin having the structural unit having an acid-decomposable group does not have a fluorine atom.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. It is preferable that the resin contains a structural unit having at least one kind of When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, or may be contained in the side chain. It may be.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkyl) Carbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and tris(alkylsulfonyl) ) Examples thereof include a methylene group.
  • a fluorinated alcohol group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • a sulfonimide group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • Examples of the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic ester group (-COO-), an acid anhydride group (-C(O)OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC(O)O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
  • the constitutional unit containing these groups is a constitutional unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include constitutional units of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this constitutional unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups during the polymerization.
  • Examples of the structural unit having a lactone group include those similar to the structural unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of resin (A).
  • the content of the structural unit having a group (y), which is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer, is 1 to 100 mol% based on all the structural units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferred, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferred, and 5 to 95 mol% is even more preferred.
  • the constitutional unit having a group (z) which is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (E) is the same as the constitutional unit having an acid decomposable group mentioned in the resin (A).
  • the constituent unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the structural unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid is preferably 1 mol% to 80 mol%, and preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol% with respect to all the structural units in the resin (E). More preferably, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is still more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a constitutional unit different from the constitutional unit described above.
  • the constituent unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol%, based on all the constituent units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the constituent unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol% and more preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol% with respect to all the constituent units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) when the hydrophobic resin (E) has a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) contains substantially no fluorine atom or silicon atom. Further, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially constituted only by constitutional units constituted only by atoms selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, nitrogen atom and sulfur atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the residual monomer and oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass.
  • the dispersity (Mw/Mn) is preferably in the range of 1-5, more preferably 1-3.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) known resins can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used.
  • the known resins disclosed in paragraphs 0451 to 0704 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0168830 and paragraphs 0340 to 0356 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 are used as the hydrophobic resin (E). It can be used preferably.
  • the structural units disclosed in paragraphs 0177 to 0258 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 are also preferable as the structural units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin containing a fluorine atom (also referred to as “fluorine-containing resin”).
  • a fluorine atom also referred to as “fluorine-containing resin”.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may be a resin having a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as the fluorine atom-containing partial structure. preferable.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include a phenyl group and an aryl group such as a naphthyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • alkyl group having a fluorine atom the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom, groups represented by formulas F2 to F4 are preferable.
  • R 57 to R 68 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (linear or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61 , at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom is a fluorine atom. Represents a substituted alkyl group. It is preferable that all of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are fluorine atoms.
  • R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group having at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4), and a perfluoroalkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 More preferably. R 62 and R 63 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the fluorine-containing resin preferably has alkali decomposability because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • Fluorine-containing resin having alkali decomposability means that 100 mg of fluorine-containing resin is added to a mixed solution of 2 mL of pH 10 buffer solution and 8 mL of THF, and allowed to stand at 40° C. and decomposed in the fluorine-containing resin after 10 minutes. It means that 30 mol% or more of the total amount of the functional groups is hydrolyzed.
  • the decomposition rate can be calculated from the ratio of the raw material and the decomposed product by NMR analysis.
  • the fluorine-containing resin is represented by the formula X from the viewpoint of tolerance of depth of focus, pattern linearity, improvement of development characteristics, suppression of outgas, improvement of immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduction of immersion defects. It is preferable to have a structural unit that In addition, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention has tolerance of depth of focus, pattern linearity, improvement of developing characteristics, suppression of outgas, improvement of immersion liquid following property in immersion exposure, and From the viewpoint of reducing liquid immersion defects, it is preferable to further include a fluorine-containing resin having a structural unit represented by Formula X.
  • Z represents a halogen atom, a group represented by R 11 OCH 2 — or a group represented by R 12 OC( ⁇ O)CH 2 —, and R 11 and R 12 are each independently.
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • L represents a (n+1)-valent linking group
  • R 10 represents a group having a group that is decomposed by the action of an alkaline aqueous solution to increase the solubility of the fluororesin in the alkaline aqueous solution
  • n is a positive integer.
  • a plurality of R 10's may be the same as or different from each other.
  • halogen atom for Z examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the substituents as R 11 and R 12 include, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10). ) Is mentioned.
  • the substituent as R 11 and R 12 may further have a substituent, and examples of such a further substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • the linking group as L is preferably a divalent or trivalent linking group (in other words, n is preferably 1 or 2), and more preferably a divalent linking group (in other words, n is 1). Is preferable).
  • the linking group as L is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a combination thereof.
  • examples of the divalent aliphatic group include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • an alkylene group or an alkenylene group is preferable, and an alkylene group is more preferable.
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a chain structure or a cyclic structure, but the chain structure is preferred to the cyclic structure, and the straight chain structure is preferred to the branched chain structure. Is preferred.
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a substituent, and as the substituent, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, Examples thereof include an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a diarylamino group.
  • An arylene group is mentioned as a bivalent aromatic group.
  • the divalent aromatic group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an alkyl group in addition to the examples of the substituent in the divalent aliphatic group.
  • L is a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms at arbitrary positions from the structures represented by the formulas LC1-1 to LC1-21 or the formulas SL1-1 to SL-3. May be.
  • specific examples of the (n+1)-valent linking group include groups obtained by removing any (n-1) hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent linking group. Are listed.
  • Specific examples of L include the following linking groups.
  • linking groups may further have a substituent, as described above.
  • R 10 a group represented by the following formula W is preferable. -YR 20 type W
  • Y represents a group that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline aqueous solution to increase the solubility in the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Y is a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO— or OCO—), an acid anhydride group (—C(O)OC(O)—), an acid imide group (—NHCONH—), a carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS).
  • - a carbonic acid ester group (-OC(O)O-), a sulfuric acid ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and a sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-), and a carboxylic acid ester group is preferable. ..
  • EW represents a bond directly connected to the group Y in the formula W.
  • n ew is the repeating number of the linking group represented by —C(R ew1 )(R ew2 )— and represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • n ew is 0, it represents a single bond, which means that Y ew1 is directly bonded.
  • Y ew1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by —C(R f1 )(R f2 )—R f3 described later, a haloaryl group, an oxy group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group , Sulfinyl groups, and combinations thereof.
  • R ew1 and R ew2 each independently represent an arbitrary group, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 10) or an aryl group ( It preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. At least two members out of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • halo(cyclo)alkyl group represents an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group which are at least partially halogenated
  • haloaryl group represents an aryl group which is at least partially halogenated
  • a halogen atom, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by —C(R f1 )(R f2 )—R f3 , or a haloaryl group is preferable.
  • R f1 represents a halogen atom, a perhaloalkyl group, a perhalocycloalkyl group, or a perhaloaryl group, preferably a fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluorocycloalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R f2 and R f3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an organic group, and R f2 and R f3 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group, which may be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • R f2 and R f3 are preferably a (halo)alkyl group or a (halo)cycloalkyl group. It is more preferable that R f2 represents the same group as R f1 , or that R f2 is linked to R f3 to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 include a (halo)cycloalkyl ring.
  • the (halo)alkyl group in R f1 to R f3 may be linear or branched, and the linear (halo)alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. preferable.
  • the (halo)cycloalkyl group in R f1 to R f3 or in the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the (halo)cycloalkyl group may be bridged. That is, in this case, the (halo)cycloalkyl group may have a bridge structure.
  • these (halo)cycloalkyl groups include groups represented by the following formulas, and halogenated groups thereof.
  • a part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the (halo)cycloalkyl group in R f2 and R f3 or in the ring formed by linking R f2 and R f3 is fluorocyclo represented by —C (n) F (2n-2) H.
  • Alkyl groups are preferred.
  • the carbon number n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
  • Examples of the (per)haloaryl group in Y ew1 or R f1 include a perfluoroaryl group represented by —C (n) F (n-1) .
  • the carbon number n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
  • the ring which at least two members out of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form, is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • Each group and each ring constituting the partial structure represented by the above formula EW may further have a substituent.
  • R 20 is preferably an alkyl group substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group and a nitro group, and an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom (haloalkyl group ) Is more preferable, and a fluoroalkyl group is still more preferable.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group and a nitro group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 20 is an atom represented by —C(R′ 1 )(R′ f1 )(R′ f2 ), or —C(R′ 1 )(R′ 2 )(R′ f1 ). It is preferably a group.
  • R '1 and R' 2 are independently a hydrogen atom, or not substituted with an electron-withdrawing group (preferably unsubstituted) alkyl group.
  • R'f1 and R'f2 each independently represent a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group as R′ 1 and R′ 2 may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R′ f1 and R′ f2 may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 20 include -CF 3 , -C 2 F 5 , -C 3 F 7 , -C 4 F 9 , -CF(CF 3 ) 2 , -CF(CF 3 )C 2 F 5 , -CF 2 CF(CF 3 ) 2 , -C(CF 3 ) 3 , -C 5 F 11 , -C 6 F 13 , -C 7 F 15 , -C 8 F 17 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH.
  • constitutional unit represented by the formula X a constitutional unit represented by the following formula X-1 or formula X-2 is preferable, and a constitutional unit represented by the formula X-1 is more preferable.
  • R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • Z 2 represents a halogen atom
  • R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group
  • L 3 represents a divalent linking group
  • X 3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • Z 3 represents a halogen atom.
  • divalent linking group as L 2 and L 3 are the same as those described for L as the divalent linking group in formula X above.
  • the electron withdrawing group as R 2 and R 3 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
  • an oxygen atom is preferable.
  • Z 2 and Z 3 a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • constitutional unit represented by the formula X the constitutional unit represented by the formula X-3 is also preferable.
  • R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • L 4 represents a divalent linking group
  • X 4 represents It represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • m represents 0 or 1.
  • divalent linking group as L 4 are the same as those described in L as the divalent linking group of formula X.
  • the electron-withdrawing group as R 4 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
  • L 4 and R 4 do not bond to each other to form a ring.
  • X 4 an oxygen atom is preferable.
  • constitutional unit represented by the formula X a constitutional unit represented by the formula Y-1 or a constitutional unit represented by the formula Y-2 is also preferable.
  • Z represents a halogen atom, a group represented by R 11 OCH 2 —, or a group represented by R 12 OC( ⁇ O)CH 2 —, and R 11 And R 12 each independently represent a substituent, and R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron withdrawing group as R 20 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
  • halogen atom the group represented by R 11 OCH 2 —
  • R 12 OC( ⁇ O)CH 2 — as Z are the same as those described in the above formula 1. Is the same as.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the formula X is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol%, and further preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol, based on all the structural units of the fluororesin. % Is more preferable.
  • Preferable examples of the constituent units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) are shown below.
  • Preferred examples of the hydrophobic resin (E) include, but are not limited to, resins in which these constituent units are arbitrarily combined or resins F-1 to F-3 used in the examples.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure and the developing characteristics.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, and 0 More preferably, it is 0.05% by mass to 8% by mass.
  • the composition according to the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter, also referred to as “photoacid generator (B)”).
  • the photo-acid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable.
  • Examples thereof include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
  • photoacid generator known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used.
  • Known compounds disclosed in Nos. 0402 can be preferably used as the photo-acid generator (B).
  • Suitable examples of the photoacid generator (B) include compounds represented by the following formulas ZI, ZII and ZIII.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —. it can.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by formula ZI. For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by the formula ZI, through at least one and is a single bond or a linking group R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula ZI It may be a compound having a bonded structure.
  • the compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula ZI is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compound examples include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
  • the aryl group of the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a group is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, having 6-14), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be included as a substituent.
  • the compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula ZI are each independently an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or An alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group), and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following formula ZI-3 and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group, R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group, and R x And R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • each of the ring structures may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3-membered ring to a 10-membered ring, preferably a 4-membered ring to an 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 14's each independently represent a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, Alternatively, a t-butyl group or the like is more preferable.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group), and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • pf represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • qf represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • rf represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Xf represents each independently a fluorine atom or at least one of
  • rf represents an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom and rf is an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of —C(Xf) 2 — may be the same or different
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently ,
  • L f represents a divalent linking group, and when qf is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of L f may be the same or different
  • W is an organic compound containing a cyclic structure. Represents
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferably, Xf is a fluorine atom or CF 3 . Particularly, it is preferable that both Xf's are fluorine atoms.
  • R 4f and R 5f each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4f and R 5f are present, they may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group as R 4f and R 5f may have a substituent and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4f and R 5f are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the formula An-1.
  • L f represents a divalent linking group, and when a plurality of L f s are present, L f may be the same or different.
  • a divalent linking group preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkylene group preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • alkenylene group preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -CONH- alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocycle having no aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and the sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
  • the above cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • This substituent may be, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring).
  • Well preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms
  • aryl group preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • hydroxyl group hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, and sulfonic acid.
  • An ester group may be mentioned.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.
  • Examples of the anion represented by the formula An-1 include SO 3 — —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO—(L f )q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO—(L f ) Q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —COO—(L f )q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CF 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —(L f ) qf —W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3) -OCO- (L f) q'-W can be mentioned as preferred.
  • L f , qf, and W are the same as those in the expression An-1.
  • Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - as an anion is also preferably represented by formula 4 below.
  • X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferable.
  • both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
  • L f , qf, and W are the same as in Equation 3.
  • Xa's each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom
  • Xb's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • rf, pf, qf, R 4f , R 5f , L f and W are the same as those in formula 3.
  • Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion, it is substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group
  • the benzene sulfonate anion is preferred.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, a sulfonic acid anion and - further may have a (D-R B) other than the substituent.
  • substituents which may be included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • N represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and particularly preferably 3.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof. ..
  • R B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond and R B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • R B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the photoacid generator is an ionic compound containing a cation and an anion, and the anion contains an ion represented by any one of the above formula An-1, the following formula An-2 and the following formula An-3. Is preferred.
  • Rfa's each independently represent a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rfa's may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Rfa is preferably an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the compounds C-1 to C-42 used in the examples are also preferable as the photoacid generator, but the photoacid generator is not limited thereto.
  • the photo-acid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form of a low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of polymer.
  • the photo-acid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photo-acid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photo-acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 35% by mass, and 0.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Is more preferably from 25% by mass to 25% by mass, further preferably from 2% by mass to 20% by mass, particularly preferably from 2.5% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (when there are plural kinds, the total thereof) is 5% by mass to 35% by mass is preferable, and 7% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller (also referred to as “acid diffusion controller (D)”).
  • the acid diffusion control agent (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed portion due to the excess generated acid. ..
  • a basic compound (DA) a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relative to an acid generator, and a nitrogen atom.
  • a low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid or an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound as the acid diffusion controller from the viewpoint of the linearity of the pattern obtained after aging, and nitrogen-containing basicity. More preferably, it comprises a compound.
  • a known acid diffusion controlling agent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs 0627 to 0664 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • the basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas A to E.
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or aryl. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in Formula A and Formula E may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkyl groups in formulas A and E are unsubstituted.
  • guanidine As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine or the like is preferable, and an imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond is more preferable.
  • the basic compound (DB) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and actinic rays or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation of radiation and its proton acceptor property is reduced or disappears, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having an electron or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or ⁇ conjugation. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Examples of preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include crown ether, azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amine, pyridine, imidazole, and pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or disappear the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and Means that when a proton adduct is produced from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.
  • the proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ -1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1, and ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa. ⁇ -3 is more preferable.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be specifically measured by using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution and measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25°C.
  • the software package 1 described below may be used to calculate a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values. All pKa values given herein refer to values calculated by using this software package.
  • an onium salt (DC) that becomes a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as another acid diffusion controller.
  • a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are mixed and used, the photoacid generator is exposed to actinic rays or radiation.
  • salt exchange causes the weak acid to be released to give an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic activity, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formulas d1-1 to d1-3 from the viewpoint of the depth of focus tolerance and the pattern linearity. It is preferable to further include at least one compound.
  • R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and has 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • R 52 represents an organic group
  • Y 3 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group
  • Rf represents a carbon atom adjacent to the S atom.
  • M + each independently represents an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the formula ZI and the iodonium cation exemplified by the formula ZII.
  • DCA is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas C-1 to C-3.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
  • —X ⁇ represents an anion moiety selected from —COO ⁇ , —SO 3 ⁇ , —SO 2 ⁇ , and —N ⁇ —R 4 .
  • the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a cycloalkylamino group.
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group.
  • it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or these two types. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above.
  • L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. It is preferable that the amine derivative has.
  • an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. ..
  • the molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and further preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protective group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following formula d-1.
  • R b is each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b's may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group or an oxo group, an alkoxy group, Alternatively, it may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • R b The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by R b .
  • R b a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons and derivatives thereof.
  • Specific structures of the group represented by formula d-1 include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph 0466 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348.
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula 6.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • two R a's may be the same or different, and the two R a's may be linked to each other to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • R b has the same meaning as R b in the formula d-1, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the alkyl group as R a, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and aralkyl group each independently an alkyl group as R b, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group, may be substituted It may be substituted with a group similar to the above-mentioned groups.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group for R a include the same groups as those described above for R b.
  • Specific structures of the compound (DD) particularly preferred in the present invention include the compounds disclosed in paragraph 0475 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348, but are not limited thereto. Absent.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is further preferred that all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • Specific preferred structures of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph 0203 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/03094080.
  • the other acid diffusion controlling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the content of the acid diffusion controlling agent in the composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 0.1% by mass. It is more preferably to 5% by mass.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains a solvent (also referred to as “solvent (F)”), and more preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • solvent also referred to as “solvent (F)
  • known resist solvents can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs 0665 to 0670 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0210 to 0235 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraph 0424 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190.
  • solvents disclosed in paragraphs 0357 to 0366 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 can be preferably used.
  • the solvent that can be used when preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms),
  • the organic solvent include a monoketone compound which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
  • the organic solvent a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure with a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but the solvent containing a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate or the like, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether.
  • PGME 1-methoxy-2-propanol
  • PGEE propylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate or ethyl lactate is more preferable.
  • the solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, an alkylalkoxypropionate, a monoketone compound which may contain a ring, a cyclic lactone, an alkyl acetate or the like, among which, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA: 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethylethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone are more preferable.
  • PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate
  • PGMEA 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane
  • ethylethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • the solvent containing no hydroxyl group contains ⁇ -butyrolactone from the viewpoint of uniformity of the layer to be formed.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 1.0% by mass to 45% by mass. % Is more preferable, and 1.0% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain a compound that crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinker (G)).
  • a crosslinker As the cross-linking agent (G), a known compound can be appropriately used.
  • known compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0379 to 0431 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 and paragraphs 0064 to 0141 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 are suitable as the crosslinking agent (G).
  • the cross-linking agent (G) is a compound having a cross-linkable group capable of cross-linking the resin, and as the cross-linkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And an oxetane ring.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinking groups.
  • the cross-linking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure).
  • the crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent (G) is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, further preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant (also referred to as “surfactant (H)”).
  • a surfactant also referred to as “surfactant (H)
  • a fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactant specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, good sensitivity and resolution are achieved, and adhesion is improved. It is possible to obtain a resist pattern with less property and development defects.
  • the fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph 0276 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Further, surfactants other than the fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactants described in paragraph 0280 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is 0.0001% by mass to 2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % Is preferable, and 0.0005% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content of the surfactant is 0.0001% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin is increased. As a result, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water following property during immersion exposure is improved.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may further contain other known additives.
  • other additives include acid proliferating agents, dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, alkali-soluble resins, dissolution inhibitors, and dissolution accelerators.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is obtained by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the mixed solvent, and filtering the resulting solution, and then, for example, a predetermined support (substrate). ) It is preferable to apply it on the above.
  • the pore size (pore diameter) of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less. It is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In the filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in JP-A-2002-62667, cyclic filtration may be performed, or a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel to perform filtration. Also, the composition may be filtered multiple times. Further, the composition may be subjected to deaeration treatment or the like before and after filtration with a filter.
  • the thickness of the resist film comprising the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of improving resolution, 90 nm or less is preferable, and 85 nm or less is more preferable.
  • Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or film forming property.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that reacts upon irradiation with light to change its properties. More specifically, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied to a semiconductor manufacturing process such as IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and an imprint mold structure.
  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for production, other photofabrication process, or production of a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition.
  • the resist pattern formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention includes an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, and a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems). Etc. can be used.
  • the resist film according to the present invention is a resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the resist film according to the present invention is a solidified product of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the solidified product in the present invention may be one obtained by removing at least a part of the solvent from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the resist film according to the present invention can be obtained, for example, by applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention on a support such as a substrate and then drying.
  • the drying means removing at least a part of the solvent contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the drying method is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used, and examples include drying by heating (for example, 70° C. to 130° C., 30 seconds to 300 seconds).
  • the heating method is not particularly limited, and known heating means can be used, and examples thereof include a heater, an oven, a hot plate, an infrared lamp, and an infrared laser.
  • the components contained in the resist film according to the present invention are the same as the components excluding the solvent among the components contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, and the preferred embodiments are also the same. ..
  • the content of each component contained in the resist film according to the present invention is the description of "total solid content” in the description of the content of each component other than the solvent of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention. Is read as “total mass of resist film”.
  • the thickness of the resist film according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 50 nm to 150 nm, more preferably 80 nm to 130 nm. Further, when it is desired to form a thick resist film as the memory device becomes three-dimensional, the thickness is, for example, preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less. More preferable.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention A step of exposing the resist film according to the present invention to actinic rays or radiation (exposure step), and It includes a step of developing the resist film after the exposing step using a developing solution (developing step).
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention is a step of forming a resist film on a support with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention (film forming step), A step of exposing the resist film to actinic rays or radiation (exposure step), and The method may include a step of developing the resist film after the exposing step using a developing solution (developing step).
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may include a film forming step.
  • Examples of the method of forming the resist film in the film forming step include the method of forming the resist film by drying described in the item of the resist film above.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a manufacturing process of a semiconductor such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process of other photofabrication.
  • a substrate can be used.
  • Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
  • the exposure step is a step of exposing the resist film with light.
  • the exposure method may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the exposure step a plurality of times.
  • the type of light (actinic ray or radiation) used for exposure may be selected in consideration of the characteristics of the photo-acid generator and the pattern shape to be obtained, but infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light , Extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, electron beams and the like, and far ultraviolet light is preferable.
  • an actinic ray having a wavelength of 250 nm or less is preferable, 220 nm or less is more preferable, and 1 to 200 nm is further preferable.
  • the light used is, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, or the like. , EUV or electron beam is preferred.
  • the exposure in the exposing step is preferably performed by liquid immersion exposure using an argon fluoride laser.
  • the exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the developing solution used in the developing step may be an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution), and is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • Alkaline developer As the alkali developing solution, a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably used. In addition to this, inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alkanolamines, cyclic amines, etc. An aqueous alkaline solution can also be used. Further, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of at least one of alcohols and surfactants. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is preferably 10-15. The time for developing with an alkaline developer is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developing solution can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have.
  • ketone solvent examples include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvent examples include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl acetate.
  • examples thereof include butyl, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the organic developer may contain a known surfactant in an appropriate amount, if necessary.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 2% by mass, and 0.01% by mass to 0.1% by mass based on the total mass of the developer. 5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the organic developer may contain the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and resting for a certain period of time (paddle method), and a substrate.
  • a method of spraying the developing solution on the surface or a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning the developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) is applied. can do.
  • the step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • alkali developing step an alkaline aqueous solution
  • organic solvent developing step an organic solvent developing step
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a pre-heating (PB: PreBake) step before the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a post exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after the exposure step and before the development step.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70° C. to 130° C., and more preferably 80° C. to 120° C. in both the pre-heating step and the post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may further include a step of forming a resist underlayer film (resist underlayer film forming step) before the film forming step.
  • the resist underlayer film forming step is a step of forming a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), antireflection film, etc.) between the resist film and the support.
  • a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used for the resist lower layer film.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention may further include a step of forming a protective film (protective film forming step) before the developing step.
  • the protective film forming step is a step of forming a protective film (top coat) on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • Known materials can be appropriately used for the protective film.
  • the protective film-forming composition disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Publication No. 2016/157988 can be preferably used.
  • the protective film-forming composition preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
  • a protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
  • the pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse liquid (rinse step) after the developing step.
  • Pure water for example, can be used as the rinse liquid used in the rinse process after the developing process using the alkaline developer.
  • Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added.
  • a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
  • the rinse liquid used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. It is preferable. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, ketone-based solvent, ester-based solvent, alcohol-based solvent, amide-based solvent, and ether-based solvent are the same as those described for the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol can be mentioned.
  • Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol. ..
  • a plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above and used.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, still more preferably 3% by mass or less. When the water content is 10% by mass or less, good developing characteristics can be obtained.
  • the rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • the substrate that has been developed with the organic developing solution is washed with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be applied.
  • the cleaning treatment by the spin coating method, and after the cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm (rotation/minute) to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
  • a heating step Post Bake
  • the heating temperature is preferably 40 to 160°C, more preferably 70 to 95°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 3 minutes, more preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to the present invention.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, a method of treating the resist pattern with plasma of a gas containing hydrogen, which is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957, can be mentioned.
  • a known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
  • the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (Core) of the spacer process disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
  • the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention includes the pattern forming method according to the present invention.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention is suitable for electrical and electronic equipment (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.). It will be installed.
  • ⁇ Resin (A)> The structures of the resins (A-1 to A-37) used are shown below.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene conversion amount).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • the unit of the content ratio of each repeating unit of the above resin is mol %.
  • the structure of the hydrophobic resin used is shown below.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of the hydrophobic resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene conversion amount). ).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • the structure and molecular weight of the compound (P) used (also referred to as a specific additive) are shown in Table 1 below.
  • the surfactant (E) used is shown below.
  • E-2 Megafac R-41 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • E-3 KF-53 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • E-4 Megafac F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • E-5 Megafac R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • E-6 Troisol S366 (manufactured by Troy Corporation)
  • S-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • S-2 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
  • S-3 Ethyl lactate
  • S-4 Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • S-5 2-Heptanone
  • S-6 Methyl 3-methoxypropionate
  • S-7 3-Methoxybutyl acetate
  • S-8 Butyl acetate
  • S- 9 cyclohexanone
  • S-10 propylene carbonate
  • 11 cycloheptanone
  • S-12 propylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • the resist composition obtained was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
  • the product was analyzed by a GC (gas chromatograph) device (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) of an FID detector (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
  • the standard reagent is a mixture of a compound represented by the general formula (1) to be quantified with a known concentration and acetonitrile with a known concentration. A commercial item can be used as said acetonitrile.
  • the contents of the compounds (AEC-1 to AEC-4) similar to the compound represented by the general formula (1) shown in Comparative Example were also measured in the same manner.
  • the obtained mixed solution was filtered with a 0.20 ⁇ m pore size PTFE filter (DISMIC-25JP, manufactured by ADVANTEC), and UV detection using a reverse phase column (Shim-pack CLC-ODS(M), manufactured by Shimadzu GLC) It analyzed by the liquid chromatograph apparatus (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1311A, made by Agilent Technologies) of the instrument (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B, made by Agilent Technologies).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (2) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
  • the standard reagent is a mixture of the compound represented by the general formula (2) whose concentration is known and the DNPH whose concentration is known.
  • the content of the compound (AAC-1) similar to the compound represented by the general formula (2) shown in Comparative Example was also measured in the same manner.
  • ⁇ Pattern forming method (1) KrF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development>
  • An antireflection layer is formed on an 8-inch Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology (hereinafter, also referred to as “substrate”)) that has been subjected to hexamethyldisilazane treatment using a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron.
  • the resist compositions shown in Tables 3 and 4 prepared above were dropped in the state where the substrate was stationary. After the dropping, the substrate was rotated, the rotation speed was maintained at 500 rpm for 3 seconds, then 100 rpm for 2 seconds, further 500 rpm for 3 seconds, and again 100 rpm for 2 seconds, and then the film thickness setting rotation.
  • a KrF excimer laser scanner (ASML) is used through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the space width of the pattern formed after reduction projection exposure and development is 4.5 ⁇ m and the pitch width is 25 ⁇ m.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the pattern exposure is exposure through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the space width after reduction projection exposure is 4.5 ⁇ m and the pitch width is 25 ⁇ m, and the exposure amount is 4.
  • the optimum exposure dose (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming an isolated space pattern having a pitch width of 5 ⁇ m and a pitch width of 25 ⁇ m was set.
  • the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table. The content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
  • ⁇ Pattern forming method (2) ArF immersion exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)> An organic antireflection film-forming composition SOC9110D and a Si-containing antireflection film-forming composition HM9825 were applied on a silicon wafer to form an antireflection film. A resist composition was applied onto the obtained antireflection film and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
  • PB Prebake
  • the obtained wafer was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.85, Annular, outer sigma 0.9, inner sigma 0.6) in a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm. Exposed through a 6% halftone mask. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, baking PEB (Post Exposure Bake) was performed at 90° C. for 60 seconds. Then, a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.38% by mass) as a developing solution is paddle-developed for 30 seconds to develop, and rinsed with pure water to form a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm. Formed.
  • an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.85, Annular, outer sigma 0.9, inner sigma 0.6
  • the optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm was used.
  • sensitivity mJ/cm 2
  • LS line and space
  • a scanning electron microscope SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope
  • SOC9110D and a Si-containing antireflection film-forming composition HM9825 were applied on a silicon wafer to form an antireflection film.
  • a resist composition was applied onto the obtained antireflection film and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
  • the obtained wafer was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.85, Annular, outer sigma 0.9, inner sigma 0.6) with a line width of 100 nm in a 1:1 line and space pattern. Exposed through a 6% halftone mask. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, it baked at 90 degreeC for 60 second(Post Exposure Bake).
  • the line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.05, “A”, 0.90 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.95, or , 1.05 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.10, “B” and 0.85 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.90, or 1.10 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
  • the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table. The content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
  • ⁇ Pattern forming method (4) EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)> AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film having a film thickness of 30 nm. A resist composition was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm. This resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech Co.).
  • EUV exposure apparatus Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech Co.
  • the resist film after exposure was baked (PEB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds, developed with a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (TMAH, 2.38 mass %) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds.
  • the silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
  • the optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 40 nm was set.
  • sensitivity mJ/cm 2
  • LS line-and-space
  • a scanning electron microscope SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope
  • 9380II manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation
  • ⁇ Pattern forming method (5) EUV exposure, organic solvent development (negative)> AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • the resist composition shown in the table was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • This resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech Co.).
  • the exposed resist film was baked (PEB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds and then developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds.
  • the silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
  • the optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 40 nm was set.
  • the line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.05, “A”, 0.90 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.95, or , 1.05 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.10, “B” and 0.85 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.90, or 1.10 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
  • ⁇ Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition> (EB exposure) (Examples 13, 14, 22, 34, 35, 37 to 126)
  • Various components shown in Tables 3 and 4 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass %) shown in Tables 3 and 4 to obtain a solution.
  • the resulting solution was filtered through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 ⁇ m to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition).
  • the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
  • the content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
  • ⁇ Pattern forming method (6) EB exposure, alkali development (positive)>
  • the resist composition shown in Tables 3 and 4 was applied onto a 6-inch wafer using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron Ltd., and baked (PB) on a hot plate at 110° C. for 90 seconds to give a film thickness of 80 nm.
  • a resist film of was obtained.
  • the resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation by using an electron beam drawing apparatus (manufactured by Elionix Co., Ltd.; ELS-7500, accelerating voltage 50 KeV).
  • ELS-7500 electron beam drawing apparatus
  • baking was performed on a hot plate at 110° C. for 90 seconds, and it was immersed in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developing solution for 60 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. By drying, a line and space pattern having a pitch of 200 nm and a line width of 100 nm (space width 100 nm) was obtained.
  • the optimum exposure dose (sensitivity) ( ⁇ C/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm was used.
  • the line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.05, “A”, 0.90 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.95, or , 1.05 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1.10, “B” and 0.85 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 0.90, or 1.10 ⁇ (La/Lb) ⁇ 1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
  • Table 5 shows the obtained evaluation results.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that achieves both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
  • the present invention can further provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Abstract

The present invention provides an actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device production method, wherein the actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition comprises a compound (P), which is at least one of specific compounds represented by general formula (1) and specific compounds represented by general formula (2), the compound (P) content being between 1 ppm and 1,000 ppm inclusive relative to the total mass of the actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, and the molecular weight of the compound (P) being 500 or lower.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感光性組成物に含まれるアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる。その後、例えばアルカリ溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。
 上記方法において、アルカリ現像液としては、種々のものが提案されている。例えば、このアルカリ現像液として、2.38質量%TMAH(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)の水系アルカリ現像液が汎用的に用いられている。
Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used in order to compensate the sensitivity decrease due to light absorption. For example, in the positive-type chemical amplification method, first, the photo-acid generator contained in the exposed portion is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. Then, in a post exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like, the alkali-insoluble group contained in the photosensitive composition is changed into an alkali-soluble group by the catalytic action of the acid generated. After that, development is performed using, for example, an alkaline solution. As a result, the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
In the above method, various alkaline developers have been proposed. For example, as this alkaline developer, an aqueous alkaline developer of 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) is generally used.
 半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、現在では、193nmの波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。解像力を更に高める技術として、投影レンズと試料との間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう。)を満たす方法(即ち、液浸法)が挙げられる。 Due to the miniaturization of semiconductor elements, the wavelength of the exposure light source has been shortened and the numerical aperture (high NA) of the projection lens has been increased. At present, an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser having a wavelength of 193 nm has been developed. ing. As a technique for further increasing the resolution, there is a method (that is, an immersion method) in which a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter, also referred to as “immersion liquid”) is filled between the projection lens and the sample.
 従来のレジスト組成物としては、多種のものが知られているが、例えば、特許文献1に記載されたものが知られている。
 特許文献1には、酸の作用により解離する酸解離性基を含む構造単位を有する重合体、感放射線性酸発生体、及び溶媒を含有するフォトレジスト組成物が記載されている。
Various conventional resist compositions are known, for example, the one described in Patent Document 1 is known.
Patent Document 1 describes a photoresist composition containing a polymer having a structural unit containing an acid-dissociable group that dissociates by the action of an acid, a radiation-sensitive acid generator, and a solvent.
日本国特開2015-57638号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2015-57638
 近年、極めて優れたパターン断面形状の矩形性と極めて優れた経時安定性とを高次元で両立するレジスト組成物が求められている。 In recent years, there has been a demand for a resist composition that achieves both excellent rectangular cross-sectional shape of a pattern and excellent temporal stability at a high level.
 本発明は、得られるパターン断面形状の優れた矩形性と、優れた経時安定性とを高次元で両立する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。
 本発明は更に、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
It is an object of the present invention to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that achieves both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time in a high dimension.
A further object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。 -Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
[1]
 下記一般式(1)で表される化合物及び下記一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上1000ppm以下であり、
 上記化合物(P)の分子量が500以下である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a compound (P) which is at least one of the compounds represented by the following general formula (2): ,
The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition,
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the compound (P) has a molecular weight of 500 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 一般式(1)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、Lで表される基の炭素数は1~5である。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。但し、nが1を表す場合は、Lの炭素数は1又は2である。
 nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLは同一であっても良く、異なっていても良い。
 一般式(2)中、
 Rは、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、Rが置換基を表す場合は、RにおいてH-C(=O)-と結合する原子は炭素原子である。
In the general formula (1),
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2.
When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ls may be the same or different.
In the general formula (2),
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, when R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C(═O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom.
[2]
 上記化合物(P)が、下記一般式(3)又は下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the compound (P) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 一般式(3)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 一般式(4)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 n1は、1以上の整数を表す。
 n2は、1以上の整数を表す。
In the general formula (3),
R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
In the general formula (4),
R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
[3]
 上記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上500ppm以下である、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
 上記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上200ppm以下である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive property according to [1] or [2], wherein the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 500 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[4]
The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 200 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, according to any one of [1] to [3]. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[5]
 上記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上100ppm以下である、[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
 更に酸拡散制御剤を含有する、[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 100 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, according to any one of [1] to [4]. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which further contains an acid diffusion controller.
[7]
 [1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されたレジスト膜。
[8]
 [7]に記載のレジスト膜を露光する工程、及び、露光された上記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程を含むパターン形成方法。
[9]
 [8]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[7]
A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6].
[8]
A pattern forming method comprising: a step of exposing the resist film according to [7]; and a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
[9]
An electronic device manufacturing method, including the pattern forming method according to [8].
 本発明によれば、得られるパターン断面形状の優れた矩形性と、優れた経時安定性とを高次元で両立する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 本発明によれば更に、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that achieves both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
The present invention can further provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
The details of the present invention will be described below.
The description of the constituents described below may be made based on a typical embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.
Regarding the notation of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Moreover, the "organic group" in this specification means the group containing at least 1 carbon atom.
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択することができる。 Further, in the present specification, the kind of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when the phrase “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and the substituent can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基、ニトロ基;ホルミル基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
(Substituent T)
As the substituent T, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; Acyloxy group such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; Acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group An acyl group; an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulfanyl group and a p-tolylsulfanyl group; an alkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an aryl group; a heteroaryl group; a hydroxyl group; Carboxyl group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group, nitro group; formyl group As well as combinations thereof.
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、特に断らない限り、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による露光も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
The term “actinic ray” or “radiation” used herein refers to, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron rays (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the “light” in the present specification means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" in the present specification means not only exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beam, and It also includes exposure with a particle beam such as an ion beam.
In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that numerical values described before and after the “to” are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表し、(メタ)アクリルはアクリル及びメタクリルを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂成分の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー(株)製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー(株)製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In the present specification, (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth)acrylic represents acryl and methacryl.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of resin components are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (Tosoh Corporation). GPC measurement by HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by HLC) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, Detector: It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において「全固形分」とは、組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、「固形分」とは、上述のように、溶剤を除いた成分であり、例えば、25℃において固体であっても、液体であってもよい。
 本明細書において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 また、本明細書において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
In the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition refers to the total amount of the corresponding substances present in the composition, unless there is a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified. means.
In the present specification, the term “step” is included in the term as long as the intended purpose of the step is achieved, not only when it is an independent step but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.
In the present specification, the "total solid content" refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from the total composition. The “solid content” is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be a solid or a liquid at 25° C., for example.
In the present specification, “mass %” and “weight %” have the same meaning, and “mass part” and “weight part” have the same meaning.
Further, in the present specification, a combination of two or more preferable aspects is a more preferable aspect.
(感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物)
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、単に「組成物」ともいう。)は、
 後述の一般式(1)で表される化合物及び後述一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上1000ppm以下であり、
 上記化合物(P)の分子量が500以下である。
(Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition”) according to the present invention,
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound represented by the general formula (1) described below and a compound (P) which is at least one of the compounds represented by the general formula (2) described below. hand,
The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition,
The molecular weight of the compound (P) is 500 or less.
 本発明者は、上記構成をとることにより、得られるパターン断面形状の優れた矩形性と、優れた経時安定性とを高次元で両立することができる。
 その理由は明らかではないが、以下の通りと推測される。
 先ず、本発明者らは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に、上記したように、一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)を、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上1000ppm以下という所定の範囲で含有させることにより、パターン断面形状の矩形性が極めて優れたものになることを見出した。これは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、上記の極微量範囲にて、上記化合物(P)を含有することにより、確かな理由は不明であるが、レジスト膜の露光部にて発生した酸が、未露光部に拡散しすぎることが抑制されたこと等によるものだと推測される。
 また、一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)の分子量を500以下としたことにより、上記化合物(P)の分子量が500超過である場合と比較して、レジスト膜の可撓性の向上が抑制されているものと考えられる。その結果、レジスト膜の露光部にて発生した酸が、未露光部に拡散しすぎることが抑制され、この観点からも、パターン断面形状の矩形性が極めて優れたものになっているものと推測される。
 また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、分子量を500以下の上記化合物(P)を上記の極微量範囲にて含有することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の経時安定性をより向上できる点については、本発明者らが鋭意検討して得た知見ではあるが、その理由は不明である。
By adopting the above configuration, the present inventor can achieve both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
The reason is not clear, but it is presumed to be as follows.
First, the present inventors have added to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) as described above. By containing the compound (P), which is a compound, in a predetermined range of 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the rectangularity of the pattern cross-sectional shape is extremely excellent. I found that it would be a good thing. This is because the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the compound (P) in the above-mentioned trace amount range, but the exact reason is unclear, but the exposed portion of the resist film is It is presumed that this is due to the fact that the generated acid was suppressed from being excessively diffused in the unexposed area.
Further, the molecular weight of the compound (P) is set to 500 or less by adjusting the molecular weight of the compound (P), which is at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2), to 500 or less. It is considered that the improvement in flexibility of the resist film is suppressed as compared with the case where the value is more than 500. As a result, the acid generated in the exposed portion of the resist film is suppressed from being excessively diffused in the unexposed portion, and from this viewpoint, it is assumed that the rectangularity of the pattern cross-sectional shape is extremely excellent. To be done.
In addition, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the compound (P) having a molecular weight of 500 or less in the above-mentioned trace amount range, so that the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition The fact that the temporal stability can be further improved is a finding that the present inventors have earnestly studied, but the reason is unknown.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、いわゆるレジスト組成物であることが好ましく、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であることが好ましい。
 以下、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(単に「組成物」ともいう。)に含まれる各成分の詳細について説明する。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention is typically preferably a chemically amplified resist composition.
Hereinafter, the details of each component contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (also simply referred to as “composition”) according to the present invention will be described.
<一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)>
 本発明の組成物は、一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)(以下、「化合物(P)」ともいう」)を含有する。
<Compound (P) which is at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2)>
The composition of the present invention comprises a compound (P) which is at least one of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (P)”). ) Is included.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 一般式(1)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、Lで表される基の炭素数は1~5である。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。但し、nが1を表す場合は、Lの炭素数は1又は2である。
 nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLは同一であっても良く、異なっていても良い。
 一般式(2)中、
 Rは、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、Rが置換基を表す場合は、RにおいてH-C(=O)-と結合する原子は炭素原子である。
In the general formula (1),
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2.
When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ls may be the same or different.
In the general formula (2),
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, when R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C(═O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom.
 R及びRとしての置換基は、特に限定されないが、例えば、1価の有機基が挙げられる。1価の有機基としては、具体的には、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、又はアシル基が挙げられる。 The substituents as R 1 and R 2 are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include monovalent organic groups. Specific examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an acyl group.
 アルキル基としては、例えば炭素数1~20のアルキル基が挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐状であっても良く、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルケニル基としては、例えば炭素数2~5のアルケニル基が挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐状であっても良く、炭素数2~3のアルケニル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、例えば炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、炭素-炭素結合の間にヘテロ原子を有していても良い。ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子が挙げられる。
 アリール基としては、例えば炭素数6~14のアリール基が挙げられ、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、上述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferable.
Examples of the alkenyl group include alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and are preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
The cycloalkyl group may have a hetero atom between carbon-carbon bonds. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
Examples of the aryl group include an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocycle having no aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and the sultone ring include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin. A furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
 アシル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4のアシル基が挙げられ、具体的にはアセチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the acyl group include an acyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and specifically, an acetyl group.
 上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、又はアシル基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。置換基としては、例えば、上記置換基Tが挙げられる。 The above alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, or acyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above substituent T.
 Rとしては、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はアシル基が好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基がより好ましい。
 Rとしては、水素原子、又はアルキル基が好ましい。
R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、Lで表される基の炭素数は1~5である。
 上記二価の連結基としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐状であっても良く、好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、更に好ましくは、炭素数1又は2のアルキレン基を表す。
 上記二価の連結基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。置換基としては、上記置換基Tが挙げられる。
 Lで表される基の炭素数は、1~5である。
L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The divalent linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Preferably, it represents an alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
The divalent linking group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above substituent T.
The group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。但し、nが1を表す場合は、Lの炭素数は1又は2である。
 nが1を表す場合は、Lの炭素数は1又は2である。これを満たさないと、経時安定性、パターン矩形性を向上しにくい傾向がある。
 nの上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば10である。
 nは、1~4が好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2.
When n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2. If this is not satisfied, it tends to be difficult to improve the temporal stability and the pattern rectangularity.
The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is 10 for example.
n is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.
 Rとしての置換基は、特に限定されないが、例えば、1価の有機基が挙げられる。1価の有機基としては、具体的には、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、又はアシル基が挙げられる。 The substituent as R 3 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a monovalent organic group. Specific examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and an acyl group.
 アルキル基としては、例えば炭素数1~20のアルキル基が挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐状であっても良く、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルケニル基としては、例えば炭素数2~5のアルケニル基が挙げられ、直鎖状又は分岐状であっても良く、炭素数2~3のアルケニル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、例えば炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、炭素-炭素結合の間にヘテロ原子を有していても良い。ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferable.
Examples of the alkenyl group include alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched and are preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
The cycloalkyl group may have a hetero atom between carbon-carbon bonds. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom.
 アリール基としては、例えば炭素数6~14のアリール基が挙げられ、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、上述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
Examples of the aryl group include an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocycle having no aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and the sultone ring include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin. A furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
 アシル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4のアシル基が挙げられ、具体的にはアセチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the acyl group include an acyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and specifically, an acetyl group.
 上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、ヘテロアリール基、及びアシル基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。
 置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、上記置換基Tが挙げられ、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、ニトロ基、ホルミル基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, heteroaryl group, and acyl group may further have a substituent.
The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom), a nitro group and a formyl group.
 Rが置換基を表す場合は、RにおいてH-C(=O)-と結合する原子は炭素原子である。これを満たさないと、経時安定性、パターン矩形性を向上しにくい傾向がある。 When R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C(═O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom. If this is not satisfied, it tends to be difficult to improve the temporal stability and the pattern rectangularity.
 上記化合物(P)は、下記一般式(3)又は下記一般式(4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The above compound (P) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(3)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 一般式(4)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 n1は、1以上の整数を表す。
 n2は、1以上の整数を表す。
In the general formula (3),
R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
In the general formula (4),
R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Rの置換基の具体例としては、上記一般式(1)におけるRの置換基の具体例と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Rの置換基の具体例としては、上記一般式(1)におけるRの置換基の具体例と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 nの上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば10である。
 nは、1~4が好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
Specific examples of the substituent of R 4 are the same as the specific examples of the substituent of R 1 in the general formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
Specific examples of the substituent of R 5 are the same as the specific examples of the substituent of R 2 in the general formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is 10 for example.
n is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.
 Rの置換基の具体例としては、上記一般式(1)におけるRの置換基の具体例と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Rの置換基の具体例としては、上記一般式(1)におけるRの置換基の具体例と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 n1は、1以上の整数を表す。
 n1の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば5である。
 n1は、1~4が好ましく、1又は2が好ましい。
Specific examples of the substituent of R 6 are the same as the specific examples of the substituent of R 1 in the above general formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
Specific examples of the substituent of R 7 are the same as the specific examples of the substituent of R 2 in the general formula (1), and the preferable range is also the same.
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
The upper limit of n1 is not particularly limited, but is 5, for example.
n1 is preferably 1 to 4, and preferably 1 or 2.
 n2は、1以上の整数を表す。
 n2の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば5である。
 n2は、1~2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
The upper limit of n2 is not particularly limited, but is 5, for example.
n2 is preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1.
 なお、一般式(4)中、Cは、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であっても良い。 In the general formula (4), C 3 H 6 may be linear or branched.
 以下に化合物(P)の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に制限されない。Cは、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であっても良い。 Specific examples of the compound (P) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. C 3 H 6 may be linear or branched.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
 上記の化合物(P)の含有量(化合物(P)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上1000ppm以下である。
 化合物(P)の含有量(化合物(P)が複数存在する場合はその合計)が1ppm未満では、本発明の効果を発現することができない。化合物(P)の含有量(化合物(P)が複数存在する場合はその合計)が1000ppm超では、パターン形状の矩形性と経時安定性を両立することができない。
 上記の化合物(P)の含有量(化合物(P)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、得られるパターン形状の矩形性及び経時安定性の観点から、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上500ppm以下であることが好ましく、1ppm以上200ppm以下であることがより好ましく、1ppm以上100ppm以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the above compound (P) (when there are a plurality of compounds (P), the total thereof) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
If the content of the compound (P) (the total of the compounds (P) when there are a plurality of compounds) is less than 1 ppm, the effect of the present invention cannot be exhibited. If the content of the compound (P) (the total when plural compounds (P) are present) exceeds 1000 ppm, the rectangularity of the pattern shape and the temporal stability cannot both be achieved.
The content of the above compound (P) (when there are a plurality of compounds (P), the total thereof) is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of the rectangularity of the obtained pattern shape and the stability over time. It is preferably 1 ppm or more and 500 ppm or less, more preferably 1 ppm or more and 200 ppm or less, and further preferably 1 ppm or more and 100 ppm or less, based on the total mass of the product.
 上記の化合物(P)の分子量は500以下である。なお、化合物(P)が複数存在する場合は、各々の化合物(P)の分子量が500以下である。
 化合物(P)の分子量が500を超えると、上記化合物の可塑性が発現して、レジスト膜において露光部にて発生した酸の拡散を助長することになり、得られるパターンの矩形性が低下する。
 また、上記の化合物(P)の分子量の下限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、30である。
 上記の化合物(P)の分子量は、可塑化抑制の観点から、30~400であることが好ましく、30~300であることがより好ましい。
The molecular weight of the compound (P) is 500 or less. When multiple compounds (P) are present, the molecular weight of each compound (P) is 500 or less.
When the molecular weight of the compound (P) exceeds 500, the plasticity of the compound is developed to promote the diffusion of the acid generated in the exposed portion of the resist film, and the rectangularity of the obtained pattern is deteriorated.
The lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound (P) is not particularly limited, but is 30 for example.
The molecular weight of the compound (P) is preferably 30 to 400, more preferably 30 to 300, from the viewpoint of suppressing plasticization.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の化合物(P)を含有するが、上記の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有していても良く、上記の一般式(2)で表される化合物を含有していても良く、上記の一般式(1)で表される化合物及び上記の一般式(2)で表される化合物を含有していても良い。
 本発明の組成物が上記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する場合、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が上記一般式(2)で表される化合物を含有する場合、上記一般式(2)で表される化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
The composition of the present invention contains the compound (P) described above, but may contain the compound represented by the general formula (1), and the compound represented by the general formula (2). May be contained, and the compound represented by the above general formula (1) and the compound represented by the above general formula (2) may be contained.
When the composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (1), the compound represented by the general formula (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. You may use together.
When the composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (2), the compound represented by the general formula (2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. You may use together.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における上記の化合物(P)の含有量は、例えば、以下の方法により測定できる。 The content of the above compound (P) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be measured, for example, by the following method.
(一般式(1)で表される化合物)
 一般式(1)で表される化合物を含むレジスト溶液を調製し、WAX系カラム(DB-HeavyWAX(♯123-7162)、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)を使用したFID検出器(Agilent-6890A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)のGC(ガスクロマトグラフ)装置(Agilent-6890A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)で分析した。各化合物の標準試薬を用いた絶対検量線法により、一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量を定量した。
 なお、上記標準試薬は、濃度既知の定量対象の一般式(1)で表される化合物と濃度既知のアセトニトリルが混合されたものである。上記アセトニトリルとしては、市販品を用いることができる。
(Compound represented by the general formula (1))
A resist solution containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) was prepared, and a FID detector (Agilent-6890A, Agilent) using a WAX-based column (DB-HeaveWAX (#123-7162), manufactured by Agilent Technologies) was used. -Analysis was carried out with a GC (gas chromatograph) device (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) manufactured by Technology. The content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
The standard reagent is a mixture of a compound represented by the general formula (1) to be quantified with a known concentration and acetonitrile with a known concentration. A commercial item can be used as said acetonitrile.
(一般式(2)で表される化合物)
 一般式(2)で表される化合物を含むレジスト溶液を調製して、超音波装置(卓上型超音波洗浄器(♯5510)、ブランソニック社製)を用いて超音波を3分間照射した。得られた溶液を、逆相カラム(Shim-pack CLC-ODS(M)、島津GLC社製)を使用したUV検出器(Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)の液体クロマトグラフ装置(Agilent 1100 HPLC G1311A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)で分析した。各化合物の標準試薬を用いた絶対検量線法により、一般式(2)で表される化合物の含有量を定量した。
 なお、上記標準試薬は、濃度既知の定量対象の一般式(2)で表される化合物と濃度既知のDNPHが混合されたものである。
(Compound represented by the general formula (2))
A resist solution containing the compound represented by the general formula (2) was prepared, and ultrasonic waves were irradiated for 3 minutes using an ultrasonic device (tabletop ultrasonic cleaner (#5510), manufactured by Bransonic Corp.). The obtained solution was used as a liquid chromatograph apparatus (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) using a UV detector (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B manufactured by Agilent Technologies) using a reversed-phase column (Shim-pack CLC-ODS (M), manufactured by Shimadzu GLC). 1100 HPLC G1311A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies). The content of the compound represented by the general formula (2) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
The standard reagent is a mixture of the compound represented by the general formula (2) whose concentration is known and the DNPH whose concentration is known.
<酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的には、酸の作用により極性が増大して現像液に対する溶解性が変化する樹脂(以下、「樹脂(A)」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
<Resin whose polarity increases due to the action of acid>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is typically a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid to change its solubility in a developing solution (hereinafter, also referred to as “resin (A)”). It is preferable to contain).
 上記酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂(樹脂(A))は、エチレン性不飽和化合物を少なくとも重合してなる樹脂であることが好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合を1~4つ有していることが好ましく、1つであることがより好ましい。更に、上記エチレン性不飽和化合物は、単量体のモノマーであることが好ましい。
 また、上記エチレン性不飽和化合物の分子量は、28~1,000が好ましく、50~800がより好ましく、100~600が特に好ましい。
The resin (resin (A)) whose polarity increases due to the action of the acid is preferably a resin obtained by polymerizing at least an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound preferably has 1 to 4 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably one. Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a monomer.
The molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 28 to 1,000, more preferably 50 to 800, particularly preferably 100 to 600.
 また、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂は、酸分解性基を有することが好ましく、酸分解性基を有する構成単位を有する樹脂であることがより好ましい。
 この場合、後述する本発明に係るパターン形成方法において、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
The resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid preferably has an acid-decomposable group, and more preferably a resin having a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
In this case, in the pattern forming method according to the present invention to be described later, when an alkali developing solution is used as the developing solution, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as the developing solution, A negative pattern is preferably formed.
〔酸分解性基を有する構成単位〕
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する構成単位(「繰り返し単位」ともいう)を有することが好ましい。
[Structural unit having an acid-decomposable group]
The resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group (also referred to as “repeating unit”).
 樹脂(A)としては、公知の樹脂を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0274458号明細書の段落0055~0191、米国特許出願公開第2015/0004544号明細書の段落0035~0085、米国特許出願公開第2016/0147150号明細書の段落0045~0090に開示された公知の樹脂を樹脂(A)として好適に使用できる。 As the resin (A), a known resin can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs 0055 to 0191 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458, paragraphs 0035 to 0085 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraphs 0045 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147150. Known resins disclosed in Nos. 0090 to 9090 can be preferably used as the resin (A).
 酸分解性基は、極性基が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、並びに、アルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
As the polar group, carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl) ) Methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group and other acidic groups (2 Group which dissociates in an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide of 0.38% by mass), alcoholic hydroxyl group and the like.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and is a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the α-position of the hydroxyl group is electron withdrawing such as a fluorine atom. Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group (for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group and the like) are excluded. The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、及びスルホン酸基が挙げられる。 Favorable polar groups include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a sulfonic acid group.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
The preferred group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ), —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ), and — Examples thereof include C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ).
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等を挙げることができる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and hexyl. Group, octyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. As the polycyclic type, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecyl group. Group, and androstanyl group and the like. At least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). As the cycloalkyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group Is preferred.
 酸分解性基として、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、又は第3級のアルキルエステル基等が好ましく、アセタール基、又は、第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。 As the acid-decomposable group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する構成単位として、下記式AIで表される構成単位を有することが好ましい。 The resin (A) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula AI as a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式AI中、Xaは、水素原子、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表し、Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成しなくてもよい。 In formula AI, Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 are each independently. Represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may or may not form a ring structure.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表し、
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。Tは、単結合であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, and —O—Rt—. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group,
T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, or —(CH 2 ) 3 —. More preferably, T is a single bond.
 Xaは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xaのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、及びフッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 Xaのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及び、ヒドロキシメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group. The alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基などが好ましく挙げられる。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or isobutyl. And a t-butyl group are preferred. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, adamantyl group and the like. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環などの単環のシクロアルカン環、又はノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル環が好ましい。シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環がより好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、下記に示す構造も好ましい。 The ring structure formed by combining two members of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring, tetracyclo A polycyclic cycloalkyl ring such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, and an adamantane ring is preferable. A cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable. As the ring structure formed by combining two members of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , the structures shown below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 以下に式AIで表される構成単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、式AIにおけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the structural unit represented by the formula AI will be shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where Xa 1 in formula AI is a methyl group, but Xa 1 can be optionally substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する構成単位として、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0336~0369に記載の構成単位を有することも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin (A) has a structural unit described in paragraphs 0336 to 0369 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 as a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group.
 また、樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する構成単位として、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0363~0364に記載された酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる基を含む構成単位を有していてもよい。 Further, the resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0363 to 0364, to generate an alcoholic hydroxyl group as a structural unit having an acid decomposable group. You may have the structural unit containing a group.
 また、樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、フェノール性水酸基とは、芳香族炭化水素基の水素原子をヒドロキシル基で置換してなる基である。芳香族炭化水素基の芳香環は単環又は多環の芳香環であり、ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環等が挙げられる。 Further, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group and a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and released by the action of an acid. It is preferable to have In addition, in this specification, a phenolic hydroxyl group is a group formed by substituting a hydrogen atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon group with a hydroxyl group. The aromatic ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
 酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基を挙げることができる。
 式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the leaving group that is decomposed and released by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ).
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
 式(Y1)、(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)又はシクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)を表す。但し、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表す繰り返し単位であることがより好ましく、Rx~Rxが、各々独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表す繰り返し単位であることが更に好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して、単環若しくは多環を形成してもよい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 式(Y1)及び(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Among them, Rx 1 ~ Rx 3 are each independently, more preferably a repeating unit represents a linear or branched alkyl group, Rx 1 ~ Rx 3 each independently represents a linear It is more preferable that the repeating unit is an alkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group. ..
The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic ring such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group. The cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two members of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group. Groups and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as adamantyl groups are preferred. Of these, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two members of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
In the groups represented by the formulas (Y1) and (Y2), for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to each other to form the above cycloalkyl group. preferable.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。 In the formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
 フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位としては、フェノール性水酸基における水素原子が式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基によって保護された構造を有するものが好ましい。 As the repeating unit having a structure protected by a leaving group (acid-decomposable group) in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and released by the action of an acid, a hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group is represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4) Those having a structure protected by a group represented by are preferred.
 フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AII)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 A repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is preferable as the repeating unit having a structure protected by a leaving group (acid-decomposable group) in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and released by the action of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(AII)中、
 R61、R62及びR63は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 Yは、n≧2の場合には各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、Yの少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。Yとしての酸の作用により脱離する基は、式(Y1)~(Y4)であることが好ましい。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。
In general formula (AII),
R 61 , R 62, and R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 62 may combine with Ar 6 to form a ring, in which case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
Ar 6 represents a (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents a (n+2)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when it forms a ring by bonding with R 62 .
Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid when n≧2. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. The groups capable of leaving by the action of an acid as Y 2 are preferably of the formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 上記各基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及びアルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)等が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のものが好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and Examples thereof include alkoxycarbonyl groups (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する構成単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having an acid-decomposable group, or may include two or more types.
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する構成単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する構成単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~90モル%が好ましく、10モル%~80モル%がより好ましく、15モル%~70モル%が更に好ましい。
 なお、本発明において、「構成単位」の含有量をモル比で規定する場合、上記「構成単位」は「モノマー単位」と同義であるものとする。また、本発明において上記「モノマー単位」は、高分子反応等により重合後に修飾されていてもよい。以下においても同様である。
The content of the constitutional unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of constitutional units having an acid-decomposable group, the total thereof) is, with respect to all the constitutional units of the resin (A), 5 mol% to 90 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is more preferable, and 15 mol% to 70 mol% is further preferable.
In the present invention, when the content of the “constituent unit” is defined by a molar ratio, the “constituent unit” is synonymous with the “monomer unit”. Further, in the present invention, the “monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
〔ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位〕
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
[Structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of lactone structure, sultone structure, and carbonate structure]
The resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は5~7員環スルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。下記式LC1-1~LC1-21のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は下記式SL1-1~SL1-3のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する構成単位を有することが更に好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としてはLC1-1、LC1-4、LC1-5、LC1-8、LC1-16、LC1-21、SL1-1である。 Any lactone structure or sultone structure may be used as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5 to 7-membered sultone structure, A bicyclic structure in a membered lactone structure, or another ring structure condensed to form a spiro structure, or another ring structure in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed in a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure Is more preferably a condensed ring. It is more preferable to have a structural unit having a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas LC1-1 to LC1-21 or a sultone structure represented by any of the following formulas SL1-1 to SL1-3. Further, the lactone structure or the sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred structures are LC1-1, LC1-4, LC1-5, LC1-8, LC1-16, LC1-21, SL1-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基である。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) are alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , A halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. More preferably, they are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or more, the plural substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Further, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する構成単位は、下記式IIIで表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
 また、酸分解性基を有する構成単位を有する樹脂は、下記式IIIで表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。
The constitutional unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the following formula III.
Further, the resin having a structural unit having an acid-decomposable group preferably contains a structural unit represented by the following formula III.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 上記式III中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、AとRとが単結合により結合される。
 Rは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。Rは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
 Zは、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。Zは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
In the above formula III,
A represents an ester bond (group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (group represented by —CONH—).
n is the repeating number of the structure represented by -R 0 -Z-, represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and is more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0 -Z- is absent and A and R 8 are bonded by a single bond.
R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. When there are a plurality of R 0's , each independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond. When a plurality of Z's are present, each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
 Rのアルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよい。
 Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、又はエステル結合であり、より好ましくはエステル結合である。
The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, more preferably an ester bond.
 以下に式IIIで表される構成単位に相当するモノマーの具体例、及び後述する式A-1で表される構成単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、式IIIにおけるR及び後述する式A-1におけるR がメチル基である場合に相当するが、R及びR は、水素原子、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the constitutional unit represented by the formula III and specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the constitutional unit represented by the formula A-1 described later are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Not limited to. The following specific examples correspond to the case where R 7 in formula III and R A 1 in formula A-1 described later are methyl groups, and R 7 and R A 1 are a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom. , Or a monovalent organic group can be optionally substituted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記モノマーの他に下記に示すモノマーも樹脂(A)の原料として好適に用いられる。 In addition to the above monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material for the resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 樹脂(A)は、カーボネート構造を有する構成単位を有していてもよい。カーボネート構造は、環状炭酸エステル構造であることが好ましい。
 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する構成単位は、下記式A-1で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
The resin (A) may have a structural unit having a carbonate structure. The carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonic acid ester structure.
The structural unit having a cyclic carbonic acid ester structure is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula A-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式A-1中、R は、水素原子、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表し、nは0以上の整数を表し、R は、置換基を表す。R は、nが2以上の場合は各々独立して、置換基を表し、Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表し、Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環構造又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。 In formula A-1, R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom other than a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group), n represents an integer of 0 or more, and R A 2 represents a substituent. Represents a group. R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Z represents —O—C(═O) in the formula. ) Represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure with a group represented by —O—.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位として、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0370~0414に記載の構成単位を有することも好ましい。 The resin (A) is described in paragraphs 0370 to 0414 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 as a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure. It is also preferable to have a structural unit.
 樹脂(A)は、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a)(以下、「構成単位(a)」ともいう。)を有していることが好ましい。
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造は、例えば、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造であってもよく、また、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造であってもよい。
 構成単位(a)が有するラクトン構造は、特に限定されないが、5~7員環ラクトン構造が好ましく、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。
 上記ラクトン構造は、例えば、上述したLC1-1~LC1-21のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造が好ましく挙げられる。
The resin (A) preferably has at least two structural units (a) having a lactone structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “structural unit (a)”).
The at least two lactone structures may be, for example, a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed, or may be a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group. Good.
The lactone structure contained in the structural unit (a) is not particularly limited, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed in the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure to reduce other ring structures. A ring is preferable.
The lactone structure is preferably, for example, the lactone structure represented by any of LC1-1 to LC1-21 described above.
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位(以下、「構成単位(a)」ともいう。)は、下記式L-1で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit having at least two lactone structures (hereinafter, also referred to as “structural unit (a)”) is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula L-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式L-1中、Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rbは、2つ以上のラクトン構造を有する部分構造を表す。 In Formula L-1, Ra represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and Rb represents a partial structure having two or more lactone structures.
 Raのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。Raのアルキル基は置換されていてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子やメルカプト基、ヒドロキシ基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基等のアルコキシ基、アセチル基、プロピオニル基等のアセトキシ基が挙げられる。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、及び、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。 The Ra alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group. The alkyl group of Ra may be substituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, a hydroxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, an alkoxy group such as a t-butoxy group and a benzyloxy group, an acetyl group. And acetoxy groups such as propionyl group. Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
 Rb部分構造が有するラクトン構造は、例えば、上述したラクトン構造が挙げられる。
 Rbの2つ以上のラクトン構造を有する部分構造は、例えば、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造、及び、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造が好ましい。
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造を有する構成単位(a1)、及び、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造を有する構成単位(a2)について、以下に各々説明する。
Examples of the lactone structure contained in the Rb partial structure include the lactone structure described above.
The partial structure of Rb having two or more lactone structures is preferably, for example, a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group, and a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed. ..
A structural unit (a1) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed and a structural unit (a2) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group are described below. Each will be explained.
-少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造を有する構成単位(a1)-
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造は、2つ又は3つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造であることが好ましく、また、2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造であることがより好ましい。
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が縮環している構造を有する構成単位(以下、「構成単位(a1)」ともいう。)は、例えば、下記式L-2で表される構成単位が挙げられる。
-Structural unit (a1) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed ring-
The structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed is preferably a structure in which two or three lactone structures are condensed, and is a structure in which two lactone structures are condensed. Is more preferable.
Examples of the structural unit having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are condensed (hereinafter also referred to as “structural unit (a1)”) include structural units represented by the following formula L-2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式L-2中、Raは、式L-1のRaと同義であり、Re~Reはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Meは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Me及びMeはそれぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表す。 In formula L-2, Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1, Re 1 to Re 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and Me 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. And Me 2 and Me 3 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
 Re~Reのアルキル基は、例えば、炭素数5以下であることが好ましく、また、炭素数1であることがより好ましい。
 Re~Reの炭素数5以下のアルキル基は、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、s-ペンチル基、t-ペンチル基などが挙げられる。
 中でも、Re~Reは、水素原子が好ましい。
The alkyl group of Re 1 to Re 8 preferably has, for example, 5 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 carbon atom.
Examples of the alkyl group of Re 1 to Re 8 having 5 or less carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group and isopentyl. Group, s-pentyl group, t-pentyl group and the like.
Among them, Re 1 to Re 8 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Meの2価の連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、及び、これらの2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
 Meのアルキレン基は、例えば、炭素数1~10であることが好ましい。また、炭素数1又は2であることがより好ましく、炭素数1又は2のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基又はエチレン基が好ましい。
 Meのアルキレン基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、例えば、メチレン基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、エタン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-2,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基などが挙げられる。
 Meのシクロアルキレン基は、例えば、炭素数5~10であることが好ましく、また、炭素数5又は6であることがより好ましい。
 Meのシクロアルキレン基は、例えば、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロへプチレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデシレン基などが挙げられる。
 Meの2価の連結基として、上記2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基は、例えば、アルキレン基と-COO-とを組み合わせた基、及び、-OCO-とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましい。また、上記2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基は、メチレン基と-COO-基とを組み合わせた基、及び、-COO-基とメチレン基と組み合わせた基がより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group of Me 1 include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, and a group in which two or more of these groups are combined. To be
The alkylene group of Me 1 preferably has, for example, 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Moreover, it is more preferable that it has 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms is, for example, preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group.
The alkylene group of Me 1 may be linear or branched, and examples thereof include methylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, ethane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane. Examples thereof include a 1,3-diyl group, a propane-2,2-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group and a hexane-1,6-diyl group.
The cycloalkylene group of Me 1 has, for example, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkylene group of Me 1 include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cycloheptylene group, a cyclooctylene group, and a cyclodecylene group.
As the divalent linking group of Me 1 , a group in which two or more groups are combined is, for example, a group in which an alkylene group and —COO— are combined or a group in which —OCO— and an alkylene group are combined. preferable. Further, the group in which two or more groups are combined is more preferably a group in which a methylene group and a —COO— group are combined and a group in which a —COO— group and a methylene group are combined.
 Me及びMeの2価の連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基、-O-などが挙げられる。Me及びMeの2価の連結基は、メチレン基、エチレン基、-O-が好ましく、-O-がより好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group of Me 2 and Me 3 include an alkylene group and —O—. The divalent linking group of Me 2 and Me 3 is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group or —O—, more preferably —O—.
 構成単位(a1)に対応するモノマーは、例えば、特開2015-160836号公報に記載された方法によって合成することができる。 The monomer corresponding to the structural unit (a1) can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2005-160836.
 以下に、構成単位(a1)の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。以下の各式中、Rは水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表し、*は他の構成単位との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the structural unit (a1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In each of the following formulas, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and * represents a bonding position with another structural unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
-少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造を有する構成単位(a2)-
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造は、2~4つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造であることが好ましく、また、2つのラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造であることがより好ましい。
 連結基は、例えば、後述する式L-3中のMの連結基と挙げられた基と同じ基が挙げられる。
 2つ以上のラクトン構造が単結合又は連結基によって連結している構造を有する構成単位(以下、「構成単位(a2)」ともいう。)は、例えば、下記式L-3で表される構成単位が挙げられる。
-Structural unit (a2) having a structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group-
The structure in which at least two lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group is preferably a structure in which 2 to 4 lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group, and the two lactone structures are It is more preferable that the structure is a single bond or a connecting group.
Examples of the linking group include the same groups as those mentioned as the linking group of M 2 in formula L-3 described later.
The structural unit having a structure in which two or more lactone structures are linked by a single bond or a linking group (hereinafter, also referred to as “structural unit (a2)”) has, for example, a structure represented by the following formula L-3. The unit is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式L-3中、Raは、上記式L-1のRaと同義であり、M及びMはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は連結基を表し、Lc及びLcはそれぞれ独立に、ラクトン構造を有する基を表す。 In formula L-3, Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1, M 1 and M 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group, and Lc 1 and Lc 2 each independently represent a lactone. It represents a group having a structure.
 Mの連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、及び、これらの2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
 Mのアルキレン基は、例えば、炭素数1~10であることが好ましい。
 Mのアルキレン基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、例えば、メチレン基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、エタン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-2,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基などが挙げられる。
 Mのシクロアルキレン基は、例えば、炭素数5~10であることが好ましい。
 Mのシクロアルキレン基は、例えば、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロへプチレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデシレン基などが挙げられる。
 Mの連結基として、上記2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基は、例えば、アルキレン基と-COO-とを組み合わせた基、及び、-OCO-とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましい。また、上記2つ以上の基を組み合わせた基は、メチレン基と-COO-基とを組み合わせた基、及び、-COO-基とメチレン基と組み合わせた基がより好ましい。
 Mの連結基は、例えば、Mの連結基で挙げられた基と同じ基が挙げられる。
Examples of the linking group of M 1 include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, and groups in which two or more of these groups are combined.
The alkylene group of M 1 preferably has, for example, 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The alkylene group for M 1 may be linear or branched, and examples thereof include methylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, ethane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane. Examples thereof include a 1,3-diyl group, a propane-2,2-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group and a hexane-1,6-diyl group.
The cycloalkylene group of M 1 preferably has, for example, 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkylene group of M 1 include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cycloheptylene group, a cyclooctylene group, a cyclodecylene group and the like.
The group in which two or more groups are combined as the linking group for M 1 is preferably, for example, a group in which an alkylene group and —COO— are combined, or a group in which —OCO— and an alkylene group are combined. Further, the group in which two or more groups are combined is more preferably a group in which a methylene group and a —COO— group are combined and a group in which a —COO— group and a methylene group are combined.
Examples of the linking group for M 2 include the same groups as those mentioned for the linking group for M 1 .
 Lcが有するラクトン構造は、例えば、5~7員環ラクトン構造が好ましく、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。上記ラクトン構造は、上記LC1-1~LC1-21のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造であることがより好ましい。更に好ましいラクトン構造としては、LC1-1、LC1-4、LC1-5、LC1-6、LC1-13、LC1-14及びLC1-17が挙げられる。
 Lcが有するラクトン構造は、置換基を含んでいてもよい。Lc1が有するラクトン構造が含んでいてもよい置換基は、例えば、上述したラクトン構造の置換基(Rb2)と同じ置換基が挙げられる。
 Lcが有するラクトン構造は、例えば、Lcが有するラクトン構造で挙げられたラクトン構造と同じ構造が挙げられる。
The lactone structure of Lc 1 is, for example, preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure, in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. preferable. The lactone structure is more preferably a lactone structure represented by any of LC1-1 to LC1-21. More preferable lactone structures include LC1-1, LC1-4, LC1-5, LC1-6, LC1-13, LC1-14 and LC1-17.
The lactone structure of Lc 1 may contain a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the lactone structure of Lc1 may include include the same substituents as the above-described substituent (Rb2) of the lactone structure.
The lactone structure of Lc 2 includes, for example, the same lactone structure as the lactone structure of Lc 1 .
 構成単位(a2)は、上記式L-3で表される構成単位として、下記式L-4で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit (a2) is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula L-4 as the structural unit represented by the above formula L-3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式L-4中、Raは、上記式L-1のRaと同義であり、Mf及びMfはそれぞれ独立に、単結合又は連結基を表し、Rf、Rf及びRfはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、MfとRfとは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、Mfと、Rf又はRfとはそれぞれ、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。 In formula L-4, Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formula L-1, Mf 1 and Mf 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group, and Rf 1 , Rf 2 and Rf 3 are independent of each other. Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and Mf 1 and Rf 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and Mf 2 and Rf 2 or Rf 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring. It may be formed.
 Mfの連結基は、上記式L-3のMの連結基と同義である。
 Mfの連結基は、上記式L-3のMの連結基と同義である。
 Rfのアルキル基は、例えば、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が挙げられる。Rfの炭素数1~4のアルキル基は、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。Rfのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。Rfのアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、メトキシ基及びエトキシ基などのアルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 Rf及びRfのアルキル基は、Rfのアルキル基と同義である。
The linking group for Mf 1 has the same meaning as the linking group for M 1 in formula L-3 above.
The linking group for Mf 2 has the same meaning as the linking group for M 2 in formula L-3 above.
Examples of the alkyl group of Rf 1 include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of Rf 1 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group. The alkyl group of Rf 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group of Rf 1 may have include a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group of Rf 2 and Rf 3 has the same meaning as the alkyl group of Rf 1 .
 MfとRfとは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。Mf1とRf1が互いに結合して環を形成した構造は、例えば、上述したラクトン構造中、上述したLC1-13、LC1-14又はLC1-17で表されるラクトン構造が挙げられる。
 Mfと、Rf又はRfとはそれぞれ、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 Mf2とRf2が互いに結合して環を形成した構造は、例えば、上述したラクトン構造中、上述したLC1-7、LC1-8又はLC1-15で表されるラクトン構造が挙げられる。
 MfとRfとが互いに結合して環を形成した構造は、例えば、上述したラクトン構造中、上述したLC1-3~LC1-6のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造が挙げられる。
 以下に、構成単位(a2)の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。*は他の構成単位との結合位置を表す。
Mf 1 and Rf 1 may combine with each other to form a ring. Examples of the structure in which Mf1 and Rf1 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by LC1-13, LC1-14, or LC1-17 described above in the lactone structure described above.
Mf 2 and Rf 2 or Rf 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Examples of the structure in which Mf2 and Rf2 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by LC1-7, LC1-8 or LC1-15 described above in the lactone structure described above.
Examples of the structure in which Mf 2 and Rf 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring include the lactone structure represented by any of the above-mentioned LC1-3 to LC1-6 in the above-mentioned lactone structure.
Specific examples of the structural unit (a2) are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto. * Represents a bonding position with another structural unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位は、通常光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。 The constituent unit having at least two lactone structures usually has optical isomers, but any optical isomer may be used. Moreover, one optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one type of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位の含有率は、樹脂(A)中の全構成単位に対し、10モル%~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは20モル%~50モル%、更に好ましくは30モル%~50モル%である。
 本発明における効果を高めるために、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位を2種以上併用することも可能である。少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を2種類以上含有する場合は、少なくとも2つのラクトン構造を有する構成単位の合計の含有率が上述の範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the structural unit having at least two lactone structures is preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 50 mol%, and even more preferably the content of all structural units in the resin (A). It is 30 to 50 mol %.
In order to enhance the effect of the present invention, it is possible to use two or more kinds of constitutional units having at least two lactone structures in combination. When two or more kinds of repeating units having at least two lactone structures are contained, the total content of the constituent units having at least two lactone structures is preferably within the above range.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may contain one kind of structural unit having at least one kind selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, or may contain two or more kinds in combination.
 樹脂(A)に含まれるラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位の含有量(ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%であることが好ましく、10モル%~65モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%であることが更に好ましい。 Content of a structural unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure and a carbonate structure contained in the resin (A) (selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure and a carbonate structure. When there are a plurality of constitutional units having at least one kind, the total thereof is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, and 10 mol% to 65 mol% with respect to all the constitutional units of the resin (A). Is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable.
〔極性基を有する構成単位〕
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、水酸基、シアノ基、及び、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。
 極性基を有する構成単位は、極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する構成単位であることが好ましい。また、極性基を有する構成単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造における、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、又はノルボルニル基が好ましい。
[Structural Unit Having Polar Group]
The resin (A) preferably has a structural unit having a polar group.
Examples of the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and a carboxy group.
The constituent unit having a polar group is preferably a constituent unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group. Moreover, it is preferable that the structural unit having a polar group does not have an acid-decomposable group. In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is preferably an adamantyl group or a norbornyl group.
 以下に極性基を有する構成単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。また、下記具体例は、メタクリル酸エステル化合物として記載しているが、アクリル酸エステル化合物であってもよい。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the structural unit having a polar group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Although the following specific examples are described as methacrylic acid ester compounds, acrylic acid ester compounds may be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 この他にも、極性基を有する構成単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0415~0433に開示された構成単位を挙げることができる。
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する構成単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。
 極性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~40モル%が好ましく、5モル%~30モル%がより好ましく、10モル%~25モル%が更に好ましい。
In addition to these, specific examples of the structural unit having a polar group include the structural units disclosed in paragraphs 0415 to 0433 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167.
The resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having a polar group, or may include two or more types in combination.
The content of the structural unit having a polar group is preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 30 mol%, and more preferably 10 mol% to 25% with respect to all the structural units in the resin (A). More preferred is mol %.
〔酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位〕
 樹脂(A)は、更に、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位を有することができる。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位は、脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0026083号明細書の段落0236~0237に記載された構成単位が挙げられる。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。
[Structural unit having neither acid-decomposable group nor polar group]
The resin (A) can further have a structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group. The constituent unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the structural unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group include the structural units described in paragraphs 0236 to 0237 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0026083. Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 この他にも、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0433に開示された構成単位を挙げることができる。
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。
 酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない構成単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全構成単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、5~25モル%が更に好ましい。
In addition to this, specific examples of the structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group include structural units disclosed in paragraph 0433 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167. it can.
The resin (A) may include one type of structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group, or may include two or more types in combination.
The content of the structural unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all the structural units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
〔繰り返し単位(a1)〕
 樹脂(A)は、更に、以下の繰り返し単位(a1)を有することができる。
 繰り返し単位(a1)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマー(「モノマーa1」ともいう)を由来とする繰り返し単位である。
 また、繰り返し単位(a1)は非酸分解性の繰り返し単位である。したがって、繰り返し単位(a1)は酸分解性基を有さない。
[Repeating unit (a1)]
The resin (A) can further have the following repeating unit (a1).
The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer (also referred to as “monomer a1”) having a glass transition temperature of 50° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer.
The repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Therefore, the repeating unit (a1) does not have an acid-decomposable group.
 (ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度の測定方法)
 ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、カタログ値又は文献値がある場合はその値を採り、無い場合には、示差走査熱量測定(DSC:Differential scanning calorimetry)法によって測定する。Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は18000とし、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.7とする。DSC装置としては、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン(株)社製熱分析DSC示差走査熱量計Q1000型を用い、昇温速度は10℃/minで測定する。
 なお、Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーは、対応するモノマーを用いて公知の方法で合成すればよく、例えば一般的な滴下重合法などで合成することができる。以下に一例を示す。
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)54質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、対応するモノマー21質量%、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル0.35質量%を含むPGMEA溶液125質量部を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のメタノール/水(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を乾燥することでホモポリマー(Mw:18000、Mw/Mn:1.7)を得た。得られたホモポリマーをDSC測定に供した。DSC装置及び昇温速度は前述のとおりとした。
(Method of measuring glass transition temperature of homopolymer)
The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is a catalog value or a literature value if there is a literature value, and if not, it is measured by a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) method. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the homopolymer used for Tg measurement is 18000, and the dispersity (Mw/Mn) is 1.7. As the DSC device, a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 type manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature rising rate is measured at 10° C./min.
The homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg may be synthesized by a known method using a corresponding monomer, for example, a general dropping polymerization method. An example is shown below.
54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate was added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. After allowing the reaction solution to cool, it is reprecipitated with a large amount of methanol/water (mass ratio 9:1), filtered, and the obtained solid is dried to obtain a homopolymer (Mw: 18000, Mw/Mn: 1.7). Got The obtained homopolymer was subjected to DSC measurement. The DSC device and the heating rate were as described above.
 モノマーa1は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)が50℃以下であれば特に限定されず、ドットパターンの解像性の向上、及びエッチング時に発生し得るレジストパターンの側壁におけるラフネスの抑制の観点から、ホモポリマーとしたときのTgが30℃以下であることが好ましい。モノマーa1をホモポリマーとしたときのTgの下限は特に限定されないが、-80℃以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは-70℃以上であり、更に好ましくは-60℃以上であり、特に好ましくは-50℃以上である。モノマーa1をホモポリマーとしたときのTgの下限を上記範囲とすることで、加熱時のパターンの流動性が抑制され、ドットパターンの垂直性がより向上するため好ましい。 The monomer a1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50° C. or less when it is a homopolymer, and improves the resolution of the dot pattern and the roughness of the side wall of the resist pattern that may occur during etching. From the viewpoint of suppression, the Tg of the homopolymer is preferably 30° C. or lower. The lower limit of Tg when the monomer a1 is a homopolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably −80° C. or higher, more preferably −70° C. or higher, further preferably −60° C. or higher, and particularly preferably Is -50°C or higher. By setting the lower limit of Tg when the monomer a1 is a homopolymer within the above range, the fluidity of the pattern during heating is suppressed and the verticality of the dot pattern is further improved, which is preferable.
 繰り返し単位(a1)としては、残留溶剤をより揮発しやすくできる点で、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。本明細書において「非酸分解性」とは、光酸発生剤が発生する酸により、脱離/分解反応が起こらない性質を有することを意味する。
 つまり、「非酸分解性アルキル基」とは、より具体的には、光酸発生剤が発生する酸の作用により樹脂(A)から脱離しないアルキル基、又は、光酸発生剤が発生する酸の作用により分解しないアルキル基が挙げられる。
 非酸分解性アルキル基は直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 以下、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。
The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, from the viewpoint that the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. Is preferred. In the present specification, “non-acid decomposable” means that the acid generated by the photo-acid generator does not cause elimination/decomposition reaction.
That is, the "non-acid-decomposable alkyl group" is, more specifically, an alkyl group that is not eliminated from the resin (A) by the action of an acid generated by the photo-acid generator, or a photo-acid generator is generated. An alkyl group which is not decomposed by the action of an acid is mentioned.
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
The repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, will be described below.
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数が2~20のアルキル基、及び、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ラウリル基、ステアリル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、及び2-エチルヘキシル基、並びに、これらの1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が-O-又は-O-CO-で置換された1価のアルキル基が挙げられる。
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a hetero group in the chain. Examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing an atom.
Examples of the alkyl group having a hetero atom in the chain and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 --. Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, Heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, lauryl group, stearyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, and one or more of these- An example is a monovalent alkyl group in which CH 2 — is replaced with —O— or —O—CO—.
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数としては、2以上16以下であることが好ましく、2以上10以下であることがより好ましく、2以上8以下であることが更に好ましい。炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数の下限は4以上であることが好ましい。
 なお、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, is preferably 2 or more and 16 or less, and more preferably 2 or more and 10 or less. It is more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less. The lower limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more.
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T).
 繰り返し単位(a1)は、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit (a1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 一般式(1-2)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を表す。 In formula (1-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.
 Rで表されるハロゲン原子としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 Rで表されるアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、及びtert-ブチル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 Rで表されるシクロアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数5~10のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、より具体的にはシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 Rとしては、なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
The halogen atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
The alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group. .. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
Among them, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rで表される鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。 The definition and preferred embodiments of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 2 , are as described above.
 また、繰り返し単位(a1)は、残留溶剤をより揮発しやすくできる点で、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位であってもよい。
 以下、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。
Further, the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a ring member, because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. It may be a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom.
Hereinafter, may contain a hetero atom in the chain, a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, or may contain a hetero atom in the ring member, a non-acid decomposing having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group The repeating unit having a volatile cycloalkyl group will be described.
 非酸分解性アルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、ホモポリマーのTgが50℃以下とする観点から、上記非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数の上限は、例えば20以下であることが好ましい。
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable alkyl group is preferably 2 or more, and the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable alkyl group is, for example, 20 or less, from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50° C. or less. preferable.
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性アルキル基としては、特に限定されず、例えば、炭素数が2~20のアルキル基、及び、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、上記アルキル基中の水素原子の少なくとも一つは、カルボキシ基又は水酸基で置換されている。
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number containing a hetero atom in the chain. There may be mentioned 2 to 20 alkyl groups. At least one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group having a hetero atom in the chain and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 --. Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数としては、耐クラック性により優れる(クラックが発生しにくい)点で、2~16が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。
 なお、非酸分解性アルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する、カルボキシ基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては例えば下記構造の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
The number of carbon atoms of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, is preferably 2 to 16 and more preferably 2 to 10 from the viewpoint of being more excellent in crack resistance (hard to generate cracks). Preferred is 2 to 8 and more preferred.
The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T).
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group and containing a hetero atom in the chain include the repeating unit having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、5以上が好ましく、ホモポリマーのTgが50℃以下とする観点から、上記非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の炭素数の上限は、例えば20以下であることが好ましく、16以下であることがより好ましく、10以下であることが更に好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 or more, and the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the non-acid decomposable cycloalkyl group is, for example, 20 or less, from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50° C. or less. It is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
 環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性シクロアルキル基としては、特に限定されず、例えば、炭素数が5~20のシクロアルキル基(より具体的にはシクロヘキシル基)、及び、環員にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、上記シクロアルキル基中の水素原子の少なくとも一つは、カルボキシ基又は水酸基で置換されている。
 環員にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 なお、非酸分解性シクロアルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。
The non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom as a ring member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (more specifically, a cyclohexyl group), and And a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom as a ring member. At least one hydrogen atom in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group having a hetero atom as a ring member and having 5 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, one or more --CH 2 --, --O--, --S--, --CO--, --NR 6 Or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group, which is a combination of two or more thereof. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group may have a substituent (for example, the substituent T).
 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、本発明の効果により優れる点で、なかでも、下記一般式(1-3)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The chain may contain a heteroatom, a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, or a ring member may contain a hetero atom, a non-acid-decomposable cyclo group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group. As the repeating unit having an alkyl group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3) is preferable, because the effect of the present invention is excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(1-3)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を表す。 In formula (1-3), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 4 is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom as a ring member. Represents an acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group.
 一般式(1-3)中、Rは、上述したRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同じである。 In formula (1-3), R 3 has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 Rで表される鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。
 なかでも、Rとしては、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基が好ましい。この態様としては、例えば、下記構造の繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。
A non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 4 , or a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom as a ring member. The definition and preferred embodiments of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group have are as described above.
Among them, R 4 is preferably a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom as a ring member. Examples of this embodiment include a repeating unit having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 モノマーa1としては、例えば、エチルアクリレート(-22℃)、n-プロピルアクリレート(-37℃)、イソプロピルアクリレート(-5℃)、n-ブチルアクリレート(-55℃)、n-ブチルメタクリレート(20℃)、n-へキシルアクリレート(-57℃)、n-ヘキシルメタクリレート(-5℃)、n-オクチルメタクリレート(-20℃)、2-エチルへキシルアクリレート(-70℃)、イソノニルアクリレート(-82℃)、ラウリルメタクリレート(-65℃)、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(-15℃)、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート(26℃)、コハク酸1-[2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル](9℃)、2-エチルへキシルメタクリレート(-10℃)、sec-ブチルアクリレート(-26℃)、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(n=2)(-20℃)、ヘキサデシルアクリレート(35℃)等が挙げられる。なお、括弧内は、ホモポリマーとしたときのTg(℃)を表す。 Examples of the monomer a1 include ethyl acrylate (-22°C), n-propyl acrylate (-37°C), isopropyl acrylate (-5°C), n-butyl acrylate (-55°C), n-butyl methacrylate (20°C). ), n-hexyl acrylate (-57°C), n-hexyl methacrylate (-5°C), n-octyl methacrylate (-20°C), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (-70°C), isononyl acrylate (- 82°C), lauryl methacrylate (-65°C), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (-15°C), 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate (26°C), 1-[2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl] succinate (9°C) , 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (-10°C), sec-butyl acrylate (-26°C), methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (n=2) (-20°C), hexadecyl acrylate (35°C) and the like. .. The value in parentheses represents Tg (° C.) when a homopolymer is used.
 なお、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(n=2)は下記構造の化合物である。 Note that methoxy polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (n=2) is a compound with the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 モノマーa1は、n-ブチルアクリレート、n-ヘキシルメタクリレート、n-オクチルメタクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレ-ト、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレ-ト、ラウリルメタクリレート、ヘキサデシルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、及び下記MA-5で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Monomers a1 are n-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, hexadecyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and The compound represented by MA-5 is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a1)を、1種のみで含んでもよく、2種以上含んでもよい。
 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a1)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以下が好ましく、40モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下が更に好ましい。なかでも、樹脂(A)中における繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a1)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して5~50モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%がより好ましく、5~30モル%が更に好ましい。
The resin (A) may include only one type of repeating unit (a1) or may include two or more types of repeating unit (a1).
In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a1) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total thereof) is preferably 5 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the resin (A), 10 mol% or more is more preferable, 50 mol% or less is preferable, 40 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is further preferable. Above all, the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) (when a plurality of repeating units (a1) is present, the total thereof) is 5 to 50 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). Is preferred, 5 to 40 mol% is more preferred, and 5 to 30 mol% is even more preferred.
〔フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a4)〕
 樹脂(A)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a4)を有していてもよい。
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a4)を含有することにより、アルカリ現像時の溶解速度により優れ、かつ耐エッチング性に優れる。
[Repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group]
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a4), the resin (A) is more excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development and is also excellent in etching resistance.
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特に限定されないが、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位、又は、ヒドロキシスチレン(メタ)アクリレート繰り返し単位が挙げられる。フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth)acrylate repeating unit. The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、
 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表し、R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 nは、1~5の整数を表す。
 一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を高極性化する目的では、nが2以上の整数、又はXが-COO-、又は-CONR64-であることも好ましい。
In the formula,
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may combine with Ar 4 to form a ring, in which case R 42 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
X 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n+2)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when it is bonded to R 42 to form a ring.
n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
For the purpose of making the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) highly polar, it is also preferable that n is an integer of 2 or more, or X 4 is —COO— or —CONR 64 —.
 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及びドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数8以下のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が更に好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a methyl group which may have a substituent, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is preferable. More preferable.
 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるシクロアルキル基としては、単環でも、多環でもよい。置換基を有していてもよい、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8個で単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるアルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R41、R42、及びR43におけるアルキル基と同様のものが好ましい。
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in formula (I) may be monocyclic or polycyclic. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent is preferable.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in formula (I) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 in the general formula (I) is preferably the same as the alkyl group in R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 above.
 上記各基における好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、及びニトロ基等が挙げられ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。 Examples of preferred substituents in the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, and acyl groups. Group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。nが1である場合における2価の芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、及びチアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。 Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group. The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an arylene having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group. Groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole are preferred.
 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、2価の芳香族炭化水素基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Specific examples of the (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary aromatic groups from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. A group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom can be preferably mentioned.
The (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent.
 上述したアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基及び(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で挙げたアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、及びブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェニル基等のアリール基;等が挙げられる。
 Xにより表される-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよい、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及びドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数8以下のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、又は-COO-がより好ましい。
Examples of the substituent that the above-described alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and (n+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I). Examples thereof include an alkyl group mentioned above; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, and a butoxy group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group;
-CONR 64 represented by X 4 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) The alkyl group for R 64 in, which may have a substituent, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group Alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group are preferable, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are more preferable. ..
As X 4 , a single bond, —COO—, or —CONH— is preferable, and a single bond or —COO— is more preferable.
 Lとしての2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基としては、置換基を有していてもよい、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、及びオクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。
 Arとしては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、又はビフェニレン環基がより好ましい。なかでも、一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位は、ヒドロキシスチレンに由来する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。即ち、Arは、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましい。
The divalent linking group as L 4 is preferably an alkylene group, and as the alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, which may have a substituent, And an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an octylene group are preferred.
As Ar 4 , an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is preferable, and a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group is more preferable. Among them, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit derived from hydroxystyrene. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
 以下、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、aは1又は2を表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a4)を1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a4)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以上が好ましく、50モル%以上がより好ましく、60モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(a4)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、85モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい
The resin (A) may have one type of repeating unit (a4) alone, or may have two or more types in combination.
In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, still more preferably 60 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). preferable. Further, the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A).
 樹脂(A)は、上記の構成単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な構成単位を有することができる。このような構成単位としては、その他の単量体に相当する構成単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。 The resin (A) controls the dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general necessary properties of the resist such as resolving power, heat resistance, and sensitivity in addition to the above structural units. It is possible to have various building blocks for the purpose. Examples of such a structural unit include structural units corresponding to other monomers, but are not limited thereto.
 その他の単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、及びビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等を挙げることができる。
 その他にも、上記種々の構成単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物であれば、共重合されていてもよい。
 樹脂(A)において、各構成単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。
The other monomer has, for example, one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, and vinyl esters. A compound etc. can be mentioned.
In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that is copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various constitutional units may be copolymerized.
In the resin (A), the content molar ratio of each structural unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、フッ素アルゴン(ArF)レーザー露光用であるとき、ArF光の透過性の観点から、樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。より具体的には、樹脂(A)の全構成単位中、芳香族基を有する構成単位が全体の5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち芳香族基を有する構成単位を有さないことが更に好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is for exposure to fluorine-argon (ArF) laser, the resin (A) is substantially an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmission. It is preferable not to have. More specifically, in all the constituent units of the resin (A), the constituent unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, and ideally Is more preferably 0 mol%, that is, does not have a constitutional unit having an aromatic group. The resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
 樹脂(A)は、構成単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系構成単位で構成されることが好ましい。この場合、構成単位のすべてがメタクリレート系構成単位であるもの、構成単位のすべてがアクリレート系構成単位であるもの、構成単位のすべてがメタクリレート系構成単位とアクリレート系構成単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系構成単位が樹脂(A)の全構成単位に対して50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) is preferably composed of all (meth)acrylate-based structural units. In this case, all of the constituent units are methacrylate-based constituent units, all of the constituent units are acrylate-based constituent units, and all of the constituent units are those of methacrylate-based constituent units and acrylate-based constituent units. Although it can be used, it is preferable that the acrylate-based structural unit is 50 mol% or less based on all the structural units of the resin (A).
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、フッ化クリプトン(KrF)露光用、電子線(EB)露光用又は極紫外線(EUV)露光用であるとき、樹脂(A)は芳香族炭化水素基を有する構成単位を含むことが好ましい。樹脂(A)がフェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を含むことがより好ましい。
 フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位としては、例えば、上記の繰り返し単位(a4)を挙げることができる。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、KrF露光用、EB露光用又はEUV露光用であるとき、樹脂(A)は、フェノール性水酸基の水素原子が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)に含まれる芳香族炭化水素基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全構成単位に対して、30モル%~100モル%が好ましく、40モル%~100モル%がより好ましく、50モル%~100モル%が更に好ましい。
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is for krypton fluoride (KrF) exposure, electron beam (EB) exposure or extreme ultraviolet (EUV) exposure, the resin (A) is It is preferable to include a constitutional unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is more preferable that the resin (A) contains a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
Examples of the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group include the repeating unit (a4) described above.
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure or EUV exposure, the resin (A) has a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group decomposed by the action of an acid. It is preferable to have a structure protected by a group capable of leaving (leaving group).
The content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the resin (A) is preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol%, and more preferably 40 mol% to 100 mol, based on all the structural units in the resin (A). % Is more preferable, and 50 mol% to 100 mol% is further preferable.
 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~15,000が更に好ましく、3,000~11,000が特に好ましい。
 分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1.0~3.0であることが好ましく、1.0~2.6がより好ましく、1.0~2.0が更に好ましく、1.1~2.0が特に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, further preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred.
The dispersity (Mw/Mn) is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.6, further preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and 1.1 to 2. 0 is particularly preferred.
 樹脂(A)の具体例としては、実施例で使用されている樹脂A-1~A-13が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。 Specific examples of the resin (A) include, but are not limited to, the resins A-1 to A-13 used in the examples.
 樹脂(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 樹脂(A)の含有量は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20質量%以上が好ましく、40質量%以上がより好ましく、60質量%以上が更に好ましく、80質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99質量%以下がより好ましく、97質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the resin (A) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 60% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention. Is more preferable, and 80% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and further preferably 97% by mass or less.
〔フェノール性水酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂〕
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が後述する架橋剤(G)を含有する場合、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、フェノール性水酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(以下、「樹脂(C)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。樹脂(C)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 この場合、典型的には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂(C)に担持された形態であってもよい。
 なお、樹脂(C)のうち、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂に該当するものは、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂として扱う。また、その場合、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、樹脂(C)として酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂を含んでも良く、また、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂以外の樹脂(C)と、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂とを少なくとも含むこともできる。
 樹脂(C)は、上述した酸分解性基を含有していてもよい。
 樹脂(C)が有するフェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位としては、特に限定されないが、上記の繰り返し単位(a4)であることが好ましい。
[Alkali-soluble resin having phenolic hydroxyl group]
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G) described below, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention has a phenolic hydroxyl group. It is preferable to contain an alkali-soluble resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “resin (C)”). The resin (C) preferably has a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
In this case, typically, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
The cross-linking agent (G) may be supported on the resin (C).
Among the resins (C), those corresponding to a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid are treated as a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid. In that case, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain, as the resin (C), a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid, and the polarity is increased by the action of an acid. It is also possible to include at least a resin (C) other than the above resin and a resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid.
The resin (C) may contain the above-mentioned acid-decomposable group.
The structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably the repeating unit (a4).
 樹脂(C)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分中の樹脂(C)の含有量は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99質量%以下であることが好ましく、90質量%以下であることがより好ましく、85質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 樹脂(C)としては、米国特許出願公開第016/0282720号明細書の段落0142~0347に開示された樹脂を好適に用いることができる。
The resin (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the resin (C) in the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. Is more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 85% by mass or less.
As the resin (C), the resins disclosed in paragraphs 0142 to 0347 of US Patent Application Publication No. 016/0282720 can be preferably used.
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、疎水性樹脂(「疎水性樹脂(E)」ともいう。)を含有することも好ましい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂以外の疎水性樹脂(E)と、酸の作用により極性が増大する樹脂とを少なくとも含むことが好ましい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、疎水性樹脂(E)を含有することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御することができる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
 また、本発明において、フッ素原子を有する樹脂は、疎水性樹脂及び後述する含フッ素樹脂として扱うものとする。また、上記酸分解性基を有する構成単位を有する樹脂は、フッ素原子を有していないことが好ましい。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention also preferably contains a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (E)”).
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains at least a hydrophobic resin (E) other than a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid, and a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid. Is preferred.
Since the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains the hydrophobic resin (E), the static/dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be improved. Can be controlled. This makes it possible to improve the developing characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve the immersion liquid following ability in the immersion exposure, and reduce the immersion defects.
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed so as to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar/nonpolar substance is not necessary. It may not contribute to uniform mixing.
In addition, in the present invention, the resin having a fluorine atom is treated as a hydrophobic resin and a fluorine-containing resin described later. Further, it is preferable that the resin having the structural unit having an acid-decomposable group does not have a fluorine atom.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する構成単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(E)における上記フッ素原子又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. It is preferable that the resin contains a structural unit having at least one kind of
When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, or may be contained in the side chain. It may be.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう。)
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) Group that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developing solution to increase its solubility in the alkali developing solution (hereinafter, also referred to as a polar conversion group).
(Z) Group decomposable by the action of acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkyl) Carbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and tris(alkylsulfonyl) ) Examples thereof include a methylene group.
As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimide group, or a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group is preferable.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)などが挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ構成単位は、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している構成単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる構成単位等が挙げられる。この構成単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。あるいは、この構成単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する構成単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する構成単位と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic ester group (-COO-), an acid anhydride group (-C(O)OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC(O)O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
The constitutional unit containing these groups is a constitutional unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include constitutional units of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester. In this structural unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, this constitutional unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups during the polymerization.
Examples of the structural unit having a lactone group include those similar to the structural unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of resin (A).
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する構成単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全構成単位を基準として、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a group (y), which is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer, is 1 to 100 mol% based on all the structural units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferred, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferred, and 5 to 95 mol% is even more preferred.
 疎水性樹脂(E)における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する構成単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する構成単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する構成単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂(E)中の全構成単位に対して、1モル%~80モル%が好ましく、10モル%~80モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。 The constitutional unit having a group (z) which is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (E) is the same as the constitutional unit having an acid decomposable group mentioned in the resin (A). The constituent unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the structural unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid is preferably 1 mol% to 80 mol%, and preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol% with respect to all the structural units in the resin (E). More preferably, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is still more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、更に、上述した構成単位とは別の構成単位を有していてもよい。 The hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a constitutional unit different from the constitutional unit described above.
 フッ素原子を含む構成単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる全構成単位に対して、10モル%~100モル%が好ましく、30モル%~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を含む構成単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる全構成単位に対して、10モル%~100モル%が好ましく、20モル%~100モル%がより好ましい。 The constituent unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol%, based on all the constituent units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E). In addition, the constituent unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol% and more preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol% with respect to all the constituent units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(E)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(E)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された構成単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。 On the other hand, in particular, when the hydrophobic resin (E) has a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) contains substantially no fluorine atom or silicon atom. Further, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially constituted only by constitutional units constituted only by atoms selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, nitrogen atom and sulfur atom.
 疎水性樹脂(E)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる残存モノマー及びオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01質量%~5質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲である。 The total content of the residual monomer and oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass. The dispersity (Mw/Mn) is preferably in the range of 1-5, more preferably 1-3.
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0168830号明細書の段落0451~0704、米国特許出願公開第2016/0274458号明細書の段落0340~0356に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂(E)として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開第2016/0237190号明細書の段落0177~0258に開示された構成単位も、疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する構成単位として好ましい。 As the hydrophobic resin (E), known resins can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used. For example, the known resins disclosed in paragraphs 0451 to 0704 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0168830 and paragraphs 0340 to 0356 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 are used as the hydrophobic resin (E). It can be used preferably. In addition, the structural units disclosed in paragraphs 0177 to 0258 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 are also preferable as the structural units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
-含フッ素樹脂-
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、フッ素原子を含む樹脂(「含フッ素樹脂」ともいう。)であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
-Fluorine-containing resin-
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin containing a fluorine atom (also referred to as “fluorine-containing resin”).
When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as the fluorine atom-containing partial structure. preferable.
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であり、炭素数1~10が好ましく、炭素数1~4がより好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基である。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、及び、ナフチル基等のアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられる。
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include a phenyl group and an aryl group such as a naphthyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom.
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有するアリール基として、式F2~F4で表される基が好ましい。 As the alkyl group having a fluorine atom, the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom, groups represented by formulas F2 to F4 are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式F2~F4中、
 R57~R68は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)を表す。但し、R57~R61の少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることがより好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
In formulas F2 to F4,
R 57 to R 68 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (linear or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61 , at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom is a fluorine atom. Represents a substituted alkyl group.
It is preferable that all of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are fluorine atoms. R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group having at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4), and a perfluoroalkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 More preferably. R 62 and R 63 may combine with each other to form a ring.
 中でも、本発明に係る効果がより優れる点で、含フッ素樹脂は、アルカリ分解性を有することが好ましい。
 含フッ素樹脂がアルカリ分解性を有するとは、pH10の緩衝液2mLとTHF8mLとの混合液に含フッ素樹脂100mgを添加して、40℃にて静置し、10分後に含フッ素樹脂中の分解性基の総量の30mol%以上が加水分解することをいう。なお、分解率は、NMR分析による原料と分解物の比から算出できる。
Among them, the fluorine-containing resin preferably has alkali decomposability because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Fluorine-containing resin having alkali decomposability means that 100 mg of fluorine-containing resin is added to a mixed solution of 2 mL of pH 10 buffer solution and 8 mL of THF, and allowed to stand at 40° C. and decomposed in the fluorine-containing resin after 10 minutes. It means that 30 mol% or more of the total amount of the functional groups is hydrolyzed. The decomposition rate can be calculated from the ratio of the raw material and the decomposed product by NMR analysis.
 含フッ素樹脂は、焦点深度の許容度、パターン直線性、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上及び液浸欠陥の低減の観点から、式Xで表される構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 また、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、焦点深度の許容度、パターン直線性、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上及び液浸欠陥の低減の観点から、式Xで表される構成単位を有する含フッ素樹脂を更に含むことが好ましい。
The fluorine-containing resin is represented by the formula X from the viewpoint of tolerance of depth of focus, pattern linearity, improvement of development characteristics, suppression of outgas, improvement of immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduction of immersion defects. It is preferable to have a structural unit that
In addition, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention has tolerance of depth of focus, pattern linearity, improvement of developing characteristics, suppression of outgas, improvement of immersion liquid following property in immersion exposure, and From the viewpoint of reducing liquid immersion defects, it is preferable to further include a fluorine-containing resin having a structural unit represented by Formula X.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 式X中、Zは、ハロゲン原子、R11OCH-で表される基、又は、R12OC(=O)CH-で表される基を表し、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、Xは、酸素原子、又は、硫黄原子を表す。Lは、(n+1)価の連結基を表し、R10は、アルカリ水溶液の作用により分解してアルカリ水溶液中での含フッ素樹脂の溶解度が増大する基を有する基を表し、nは正の整数を表し、nが2以上である場合、複数のR10は、互いに同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。 In formula X, Z represents a halogen atom, a group represented by R 11 OCH 2 — or a group represented by R 12 OC(═O)CH 2 —, and R 11 and R 12 are each independently. Represents a substituent, and X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. L represents a (n+1)-valent linking group, R 10 represents a group having a group that is decomposed by the action of an alkaline aqueous solution to increase the solubility of the fluororesin in the alkaline aqueous solution, and n is a positive integer. And when n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 10's may be the same as or different from each other.
 Zのハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 R11及びR12としての置換基は、例えば、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数6~10)、及び、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~10)が挙げられる。また、R11及びR12としての置換基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、このような更なる置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)、及び、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。
 Lとしての連結基は、2価又は3価の連結基が好ましく(換言すれば、nが1又は2であることが好ましく)、2価の連結基がより好ましい(換言すれば、nが1であることが好ましい)。Lとしての連結基は、脂肪族基、芳香族基及びそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる連結基であることが好ましい。
 例えば、nが1であり、Lとしての連結基が2価の連結基である場合、2価の脂肪族基としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、又はポリアルキレンオキシ基が挙げられる。中でも、アルキレン基又はアルケニレン基が好ましく、アルキレン基がより好ましい。
 2価の脂肪族基は、鎖状構造であっても環状構造であってもよいが、環状構造よりも鎖状構造の方が好ましく、分岐を有する鎖状構造よりも直鎖状構造の方が好ましい。2価の脂肪族基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、及び、ジアリールアミノ基が挙げられる。
 2価の芳香族基としては、アリーレン基が挙げられる。中でも、フェニレン基、及び、ナフチレン基が好ましい。
 2価の芳香族基は、置換基を有していてもよく、上記2価の脂肪族基における置換基の例に加えて、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、Lとしては、上述した式LC1-1~式LC1-21又は式SL1-1~式SL-3で表される構造から任意の位置の水素原子を2個除いた2価の基であってもよい。
 nが2以上である場合、(n+1)価の連結基の具体例としては、上記した2価の連結基の具体例から、任意の(n-1)個の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。
 Lの具体例として、例えば、以下の連結基が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom for Z include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
The substituents as R 11 and R 12 include, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10). ) Is mentioned. Further, the substituent as R 11 and R 12 may further have a substituent, and examples of such a further substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. , An alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), and a carboxy group.
The linking group as L is preferably a divalent or trivalent linking group (in other words, n is preferably 1 or 2), and more preferably a divalent linking group (in other words, n is 1). Is preferable). The linking group as L is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a combination thereof.
For example, when n is 1 and the linking group as L is a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent aliphatic group include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and a polyalkyleneoxy group. Among them, an alkylene group or an alkenylene group is preferable, and an alkylene group is more preferable.
The divalent aliphatic group may have a chain structure or a cyclic structure, but the chain structure is preferred to the cyclic structure, and the straight chain structure is preferred to the branched chain structure. Is preferred. The divalent aliphatic group may have a substituent, and as the substituent, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, Examples thereof include an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a diarylamino group.
An arylene group is mentioned as a bivalent aromatic group. Of these, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group are preferable.
The divalent aromatic group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an alkyl group in addition to the examples of the substituent in the divalent aliphatic group.
L is a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms at arbitrary positions from the structures represented by the formulas LC1-1 to LC1-21 or the formulas SL1-1 to SL-3. May be.
When n is 2 or more, specific examples of the (n+1)-valent linking group include groups obtained by removing any (n-1) hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent linking group. Are listed.
Specific examples of L include the following linking groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 なお、これらの連結基は、上記したように、置換基を更に有していてもよい。 Note that these linking groups may further have a substituent, as described above.
 R10としては、下記式Wで表される基が好ましい。
 -Y-R20  式W
As R 10 , a group represented by the following formula W is preferable.
-YR 20 type W
 上記式W中、Yは、アルカリ水溶液の作用により分解してアルカリ水溶液中での溶解度が増大する基を表す。R20は、電子求引性基を表す。 In the above formula W, Y represents a group that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline aqueous solution to increase the solubility in the alkaline aqueous solution. R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
 Yとしては、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-又はOCO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及び、スルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)が挙げられ、カルボン酸エステル基が好ましい。 Y is a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO— or OCO—), an acid anhydride group (—C(O)OC(O)—), an acid imide group (—NHCONH—), a carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS). -), a carbonic acid ester group (-OC(O)O-), a sulfuric acid ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and a sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-), and a carboxylic acid ester group is preferable. ..
 上記電子求引性基としては、下記式EWで示す部分構造が好ましい。式EWにおける*は式W中の基Yに直結している結合手を表す。 As the electron-withdrawing group, a partial structure represented by the following formula EW is preferable. * In the formula EW represents a bond directly connected to the group Y in the formula W.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式EW中、
 newは-C(Rew1)(Rew2)-で表される連結基の繰り返し数であり、0又は1の整数を表す。newが0の場合は単結合を表し、直接Yew1が結合していることを示す。
 Yew1は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、後述の-C(Rf1)(Rf2)-Rf3で表されるハロ(シクロ)アルキル基、ハロアリール基、オキシ基、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。(但し、Yew1がハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はニトロ基である場合、newは1である。)
 Rew1及びRew2は、それぞれ独立して任意の基を表し、例えば、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~10)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~10)を表す。
 Rew1、Rew2及びYew1の少なくとも2つが互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 なお、「ハロ(シクロ)アルキル基」とは、少なくとも一部がハロゲン化したアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基を表し、「ハロアリール基」とは、少なくとも一部がハロゲン化したアリール基を表す。
In formula EW,
n ew is the repeating number of the linking group represented by —C(R ew1 )(R ew2 )— and represents an integer of 0 or 1. When n ew is 0, it represents a single bond, which means that Y ew1 is directly bonded.
Y ew1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by —C(R f1 )(R f2 )—R f3 described later, a haloaryl group, an oxy group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group , Sulfinyl groups, and combinations thereof. (However, when Y ew1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group or a nitro group, n ew is 1.)
R ew1 and R ew2 each independently represent an arbitrary group, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 10) or an aryl group ( It preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
At least two members out of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
The "halo(cyclo)alkyl group" represents an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group which are at least partially halogenated, and the "haloaryl group" represents an aryl group which is at least partially halogenated.
 Yew1としては、ハロゲン原子、-C(Rf1)(Rf2)-Rf3で表されるハロ(シクロ)アルキル基、又はハロアリール基が好ましい。 As Y ew1 , a halogen atom, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by —C(R f1 )(R f2 )—R f3 , or a haloaryl group is preferable.
 Rf1は、ハロゲン原子、パーハロアルキル基、パーハロシクロアルキル基、又はパーハロアリール基を表し、フッ素原子、パーフルオロアルキル基又はパーフルオロシクロアルキル基が好ましく、フッ素原子又はトリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい。
 Rf2及びRf3は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は有機基を表し、Rf2とRf3とが連結して環を形成してもよい。有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アルコキシ基が挙げられ、これらはハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)で置換されていてもよい。Rf2及びRf3は、(ハロ)アルキル基又は(ハロ)シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rf2はRf1と同様の基を表すか、又はRf3と連結して環を形成していることがより好ましい。
 Rf2とRf3とが連結して形成する環としては、(ハロ)シクロアルキル環が挙げられる。
R f1 represents a halogen atom, a perhaloalkyl group, a perhalocycloalkyl group, or a perhaloaryl group, preferably a fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluorocycloalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
R f2 and R f3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an organic group, and R f2 and R f3 may be linked to each other to form a ring. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group, which may be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). R f2 and R f3 are preferably a (halo)alkyl group or a (halo)cycloalkyl group. It is more preferable that R f2 represents the same group as R f1 , or that R f2 is linked to R f3 to form a ring.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 include a (halo)cycloalkyl ring.
 Rf1~Rf3における(ハロ)アルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状(ハロ)アルキル基としては、炭素数1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。 The (halo)alkyl group in R f1 to R f3 may be linear or branched, and the linear (halo)alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. preferable.
 Rf1~Rf3における、又は、Rf2とRf3とが連結して形成する環における(ハロ)シクロアルキル基としては、単環型でもよく、多環型でもよい。多環型の場合、(ハロ)シクロアルキル基は有橋式であってもよい。即ち、この場合、(ハロ)シクロアルキル基は橋かけ構造を有していてもよい。
 これら(ハロ)シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、下式により表されるもの、及び、これらがハロゲン化した基が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の炭素原子の一部が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
The (halo)cycloalkyl group in R f1 to R f3 or in the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. In the case of polycyclic type, the (halo)cycloalkyl group may be bridged. That is, in this case, the (halo)cycloalkyl group may have a bridge structure.
Examples of these (halo)cycloalkyl groups include groups represented by the following formulas, and halogenated groups thereof. In addition, a part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 Rf2及びRf3における、又は、Rf2とRf3とが連結して形成する環における(ハロ)シクロアルキル基としては、-C(n)(2n-2)Hで表されるフルオロシクロアルキル基が好ましい。ここで炭素数nは特に限定されないが、5~13のものが好ましく、6がより好ましい。 The (halo)cycloalkyl group in R f2 and R f3 or in the ring formed by linking R f2 and R f3 is fluorocyclo represented by —C (n) F (2n-2) H. Alkyl groups are preferred. Here, the carbon number n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
 Yew1における、又は、Rf1における(パー)ハロアリール基としては、-C(n)(n-1)で表されるパーフルオロアリール基が挙げられる。ここで炭素数nは特に限定されないが、5~13が好ましく、6がより好ましい。 Examples of the (per)haloaryl group in Y ew1 or R f1 include a perfluoroaryl group represented by —C (n) F (n-1) . Here, the carbon number n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
 Rew1、Rew2及びYew1の少なくとも2つが互いに連結して形成してもよい環としては、シクロアルキル基又はヘテロ環基が好ましい。 The ring which at least two members out of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form, is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocyclic group.
 上記式EWで示す部分構造を構成する各基及び各環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 Each group and each ring constituting the partial structure represented by the above formula EW may further have a substituent.
 上記式W中、R20は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基及びニトロ基からなる群から選択される1個以上で置換されたアルキル基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基(ハロアルキル基)であることがより好ましく、フルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子、シアノ基及びニトロ基からなる群から選択される1個以上で置換されたアルキル基は炭素数が1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましい。
 より具体的には、R20は、-C(R’)(R’f1)(R’f2)又は-C(R’)(R’)(R’f1)で表される原子団であることが好ましい。R’及びR’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は、電子求引性基で置換されていない(好ましくは無置換の)アルキル基を表す。R’f1及びR’f2は、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、又は、パーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 R’及びR’としてのアルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~6が好ましい。
 R’f1及びR’f2してのパーフルオロアルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~6が好ましい。
 R20の好ましい具体例としては、-CF、-C、-C、-C、-CF(CF、-CF(CF)C、-CFCF(CF、-C(CF、-C11、-C13、-C15、-C17、-CHCF、-CH、-CH、-CH(CF、-CH(CF)C、-CHCF(CF、及び、-CHCNが挙げられる。中でも、-CF、-C、-C、-C、-CHCF、-CH、-CH、-CH(CF、又は、-CHCNが好ましく、-CHCF、-CH、-CH、-CH(CF、又は、-CHCNがより好ましく、-CH、-CH(CF、又は、-CHCNが更に好ましく、-CH、又は、-CH(CFが特に好ましい。
In the above formula W, R 20 is preferably an alkyl group substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group and a nitro group, and an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom (haloalkyl group ) Is more preferable, and a fluoroalkyl group is still more preferable. The alkyl group substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group and a nitro group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
More specifically, R 20 is an atom represented by —C(R′ 1 )(R′ f1 )(R′ f2 ), or —C(R′ 1 )(R′ 2 )(R′ f1 ). It is preferably a group. R '1 and R' 2 are independently a hydrogen atom, or not substituted with an electron-withdrawing group (preferably unsubstituted) alkyl group. R'f1 and R'f2 each independently represent a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The alkyl group as R′ 1 and R′ 2 may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The perfluoroalkyl group represented by R′ f1 and R′ f2 may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Specific preferred examples of R 20 include -CF 3 , -C 2 F 5 , -C 3 F 7 , -C 4 F 9 , -CF(CF 3 ) 2 , -CF(CF 3 )C 2 F 5 , -CF 2 CF(CF 3 ) 2 , -C(CF 3 ) 3 , -C 5 F 11 , -C 6 F 13 , -C 7 F 15 , -C 8 F 17 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH. 2 C 2 F 5, -CH 2 C 3 F 7, -CH (CF 3) 2, -CH (CF 3) C 2 F 5, -CH 2 CF (CF 3) 2, and, are -CH 2 CN Can be mentioned. Among them, -CF 3 , -C 2 F 5 , -C 3 F 7 , -C 4 F 9 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 C 2 F 5 , -CH 2 C 3 F 7 , -CH(CF 3 ) 2 or —CH 2 CN is preferable, and —CH 2 CF 3 , —CH 2 C 2 F 5 , —CH 2 C 3 F 7 , —CH(CF 3 ) 2 or —CH 2 CN is More preferred is —CH 2 C 2 F 5 , —CH(CF 3 ) 2 or —CH 2 CN, and —CH 2 C 2 F 5 or —CH(CF 3 ) 2 is particularly preferred.
 式Xで表される構成単位としては、下記式X-1又は式X-2で表される構成単位が好ましく、式X-1で表される構成単位がより好ましい。 As the constitutional unit represented by the formula X, a constitutional unit represented by the following formula X-1 or formula X-2 is preferable, and a constitutional unit represented by the formula X-1 is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式X-1中、R20は、電子求引性基を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表し、Xは、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、Zはハロゲン原子を表す。
 式X-2中、R20は、電子求引性基を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表し、Xは、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、Zはハロゲン原子を表す。
In formula X-1, R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group, L 2 represents a divalent linking group, X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and Z 2 represents a halogen atom.
In formula X-2, R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group, L 3 represents a divalent linking group, X 3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and Z 3 represents a halogen atom.
 L及びLとしての2価の連結基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記式Xの2価の連結基としてのLにおいて説明したものと同様である。
 R及びRとしての電子求引性基は、上記式EWで示す部分構造であることが好ましく、具体例及び好ましい例も上述の通りであるが、ハロ(シクロ)アルキル基がより好ましい。
Specific examples and preferred examples of the divalent linking group as L 2 and L 3 are the same as those described for L as the divalent linking group in formula X above.
The electron withdrawing group as R 2 and R 3 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
 上記式X-1においては、LとRとが互いに結合して環を形成することはなく、上記式X-2においては、LとRとが互いに結合して環を形成することはない。 In the above formula X-1, L 2 and R 2 do not bond to each other to form a ring, and in the above formula X-2, L 3 and R 3 bond to each other to form a ring. There is no such thing.
 X及びXとしては、酸素原子が好ましい。
 Z及びZとしては、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子がより好ましい。
As X 2 and X 3 , an oxygen atom is preferable.
As Z 2 and Z 3 , a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 また、式Xで表される構成単位としては、式X-3で表される構成単位も好ましい。 Further, as the constitutional unit represented by the formula X, the constitutional unit represented by the formula X-3 is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式X-3中、R20は電子求引性基を表し、R21は、水素原子、アルキル基、又は、アリール基を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表し、Xは、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、mは、0又は1を表す。 In formula X-3, R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group, R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, L 4 represents a divalent linking group, and X 4 represents It represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and m represents 0 or 1.
 Lとしての2価の連結基の具体例及び好ましい例は、式Xの2価の連結基としてのLにおいて説明したものと同様である。
 Rとしての電子求引性基は、上記式EWで示す部分構造であることが好ましく、具体例及び好ましい例も上述の通りであるが、ハロ(シクロ)アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
Specific examples and preferred examples of the divalent linking group as L 4 are the same as those described in L as the divalent linking group of formula X.
The electron-withdrawing group as R 4 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
 なお、上記式X-3においては、LとRとが互いに結合して環を形成することはない。
 Xとしては、酸素原子が好ましい。
In the above formula X-3, L 4 and R 4 do not bond to each other to form a ring.
As X 4 , an oxygen atom is preferable.
 また、式Xで表される構成単位としては、式Y-1で表される構成単位又は式Y-2で表される構成単位も好ましい。 As the constitutional unit represented by the formula X, a constitutional unit represented by the formula Y-1 or a constitutional unit represented by the formula Y-2 is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式Y-1及び式Y-2中、Zは、ハロゲン原子、R11OCH-で表される基、又は、R12OC(=O)CH-で表される基を表し、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、R20は電子求引性基を表す。 In formula Y-1 and formula Y-2, Z represents a halogen atom, a group represented by R 11 OCH 2 —, or a group represented by R 12 OC(═O)CH 2 —, and R 11 And R 12 each independently represent a substituent, and R 20 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
 R20としての電子求引性基は、上記式EWで示す部分構造であることが好ましく、具体例及び好ましい例も上述の通りであるが、ハロ(シクロ)アルキル基であることがより好ましい。 The electron withdrawing group as R 20 is preferably a partial structure represented by the above formula EW, and specific examples and preferable examples are also as described above, but a halo(cyclo)alkyl group is more preferable.
 Zとしての、ハロゲン原子、R11OCH-で表される基、及び、R12OC(=O)CH-で表される基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記式1において説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferable examples of the halogen atom, the group represented by R 11 OCH 2 —, and the group represented by R 12 OC(═O)CH 2 — as Z are the same as those described in the above formula 1. Is the same as.
 式Xで表される構成単位の含有量は、含フッ素樹脂の全構成単位に対し、10モル%~100モル%が好ましく、20モル%~100モル%がより好ましく、30モル%~100モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the structural unit represented by the formula X is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol%, and further preferably 30 mol% to 100 mol, based on all the structural units of the fluororesin. % Is more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する構成単位の好ましい例を以下に示す。
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、これらの構成単位を任意に組合せた樹脂、又は、実施例で使用されている樹脂F-1~F-3が好ましく挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
Preferable examples of the constituent units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) are shown below.
Preferred examples of the hydrophobic resin (E) include, but are not limited to, resins in which these constituent units are arbitrarily combined or resins F-1 to F-3 used in the examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂(E)を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~8質量%がより好ましい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure and the developing characteristics.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, and 0 More preferably, it is 0.05% by mass to 8% by mass.
<光酸発生剤>
 本発明に係る組成物は、光酸発生剤(以下、「光酸発生剤(B)」ともいう)を含むことが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物である。
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物を挙げることができる。
<Photo acid generator>
The composition according to the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter, also referred to as “photoacid generator (B)”).
The photo-acid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable. Examples thereof include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0125~0319、米国特許出願公開第2015/0004544号明細書の段落0086~0094、米国特許出願公開第2016/0237190号明細書の段落0323~0402に開示された公知の化合物を光酸発生剤(B)として好適に使用できる。 As the photoacid generator, known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used. For example, paragraphs 0125 to 0319 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0086 to 0094 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraph 0323 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190. Known compounds disclosed in Nos. 0402 can be preferably used as the photo-acid generator (B).
〔式ZI、ZII及びZIIIで表される化合物〕
 光酸発生剤(B)の好適な態様としては、例えば、下記式ZI、ZII及びZIIIで表される化合物が挙げられる。
[Compounds represented by Formulas ZI, ZII and ZIII]
Suitable examples of the photoacid generator (B) include compounds represented by the following formulas ZI, ZII and ZIII.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 上記式ZIにおいて、
 R201、R202及びR203はそれぞれ独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、より好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-を挙げることができる。
 Z-は、アニオンを表す。
In the above formula ZI,
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —. it can.
Z represents an anion.
〔式ZIで表される化合物におけるカチオン〕
 式ZIにおけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、(ZI-2)、(ZI-3)及び(ZI-4)における対応する基を挙げることができる。
 なお、光酸発生剤(C)は、式ZIで表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、式ZIで表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、式ZIで表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
[Cation in Compound Represented by Formula ZI]
Suitable examples of the cation in formula ZI include the corresponding groups in compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described later.
The photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by formula ZI. For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by the formula ZI, through at least one and is a single bond or a linking group R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula ZI It may be a compound having a bonded structure.
-化合物ZI-1-
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記式ZIのR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物を挙げることができる。
-Compound ZI-1-
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
The compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula ZI is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the arylsulfonium compound include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等を挙げることができる。
The aryl group of the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. A group is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, having 6-14), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be included as a substituent.
-化合物ZI-2-
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式ZIにおけるR201~R203がそれぞれ独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基である化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含有する芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、好ましくは炭素数1~30であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~20である。
 R201~R203はそれぞれ独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖又は分岐の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、更に好ましくは直鎖又は分岐2-オキソアルキル基である。
-Compound ZI-2-
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
The compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula ZI are each independently an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or An alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、ならびに炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)を挙げることができる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group), and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
-化合物ZI-3-
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記式ZI-3で表され、フェナシルスルホニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
-Compound ZI-3-
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following formula ZI-3 and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式ZI-3中、R1c~R5cはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、R6c及びR7cはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基又はビニル基を表す。 In formula ZI-3, R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group. , A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group, R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group, and R x And R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造はそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3員環~10員環を挙げることができ、4員環~8員環が好ましく、5員環又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Of course, each of the ring structures may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring structure include a 3-membered ring to a 10-membered ring, preferably a 4-membered ring to an 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等を挙げることができる。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等を挙げることができる。
 Zcは、アニオンを表す。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
Zc - represents an anion.
-化合物ZI-4-
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記式ZI-4で表される。
-Compound ZI-4-
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following formula ZI-4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式ZI-4中、lは0~2の整数を表し、rは0~8の整数を表し、R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表し、これらの基は置換基を有してもよく、R14はそれぞれ独立に、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表し、これらの基は置換基を有してもよく、R15はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表し、これらの基は置換基を有してもよく、2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子などのヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the formula ZI-4, l represents an integer of 0 to 2, r represents an integer of 0 to 8, R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Or a group having a cycloalkyl group, these groups may have a substituent, and R 14's each independently represent a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group. Represents an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group, and these groups may have a substituent, and R 15's each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent, and two R 15's may combine with each other to form a ring.
When two R 15 s are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, it is preferable that two R 15's are alkylene groups and they are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
Z represents an anion.
 式ZI-4において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In formula ZI-4, the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, Alternatively, a t-butyl group or the like is more preferable.
〔式ZII又は式ZIIIで表される化合物におけるカチオン〕
 次に、式ZII、及びZIIIについて説明する。
 式ZII、及びZIII中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等を挙げることができる。
 R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)を挙げることができる。
[Cation in Compound Represented by Formula ZII or Formula ZIII]
Next, formulas ZII and ZIII will be described.
In formulas ZII and ZIII, R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group), and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups.
Z represents an anion.
〔式ZI~式ZIIIで表される化合物におけるアニオン〕
 式ZIにおけるZ-、式ZIIにおけるZ-、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZ-としては、下記式An-1で表されるアニオンが好ましい。
[Anion in Compounds Represented by Formulas ZI to ZIII]
Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - as is preferably the anion of the following formula An-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式An-1中、pfは0~10の整数を表し、qfは0~10の整数を表し、rfは1~3の整数を表し、Xfはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表し、rfが2以上の整数である場合、複数の-C(Xf)-は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表し、pfが2以上の整数である場合、複数の-CR4f5f-は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、Lは、2価の連結基を表し、qfが2以上の整数である場合、複数のLは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。 In formula An-1, pf represents an integer of 0 to 10, qf represents an integer of 0 to 10, rf represents an integer of 1 to 3, Xf represents each independently a fluorine atom or at least one of When rf represents an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom and rf is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of —C(Xf) 2 — may be the same or different, and R 4 and R 5 are each independently , A hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and when pf is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of —CR 4f R 5f — are the same or different. L f represents a divalent linking group, and when qf is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of L f may be the same or different, and W is an organic compound containing a cyclic structure. Represents a group.
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。Xfは、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferably, Xf is a fluorine atom or CF 3 . Particularly, it is preferable that both Xf's are fluorine atoms.
 R4f及びR5fはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。複数存在する場合のR4f及びR5fは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R4f及びR5fとしてのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R4f及びR5fは、好ましくは水素原子である。
 少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は、式An-1中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。
R 4f and R 5f each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4f and R 5f are present, they may be the same or different.
The alkyl group as R 4f and R 5f may have a substituent and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4f and R 5f are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the formula An-1.
 Lは、2価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
L f represents a divalent linking group, and when a plurality of L f s are present, L f may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-(-C(=O)-O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -. SO—, —SO 2 —, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and combinations thereof. And a divalent linking group. Among these, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -CONH- alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Of these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Of these, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、上述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocycle having no aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and the sultone ring include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above resin. A furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The above cyclic organic group may have a substituent. This substituent may be, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring). Well, preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, and sulfonic acid. An ester group may be mentioned. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.
 式An-1で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(Lqf-W、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましいものとして挙げられる。ここで、L、qf及びWは、式An-1と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 Examples of the anion represented by the formula An-1 include SO 3 —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO—(L f )q′-W, SO 3 —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO—(L f ) Q′-W, SO 3 —CF 2 —COO—(L f )q′-W, SO 3 —CF 2 —CF 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —(L f ) qf —W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3) -OCO- (L f) q'-W can be mentioned as preferred. Here, L f , qf, and W are the same as those in the expression An-1. q'represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一態様において、式ZIにおけるZ-、式ZIIにおけるZ-、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZ-としては、下記の式4で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In one embodiment, Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - as an anion is also preferably represented by formula 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式4中、XB1及びXB2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 XB3及びXB4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 L、qf及びWは、式3と同様である。
In Formula 4, X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferable. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
L f , qf, and W are the same as in Equation 3.
 式ZIにおけるZ、式ZIIにおけるZ、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZとしては、下記式5で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - as is preferably the anion of the following formula 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式5において、Xaはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表し、Xbはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。rf、pf、qf、R4f、R5f、L及びWの定義及び好ましい態様は、式3と同様である。 In Formula 5, Xa's each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and Xb's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom. The definitions and preferred embodiments of rf, pf, qf, R 4f , R 5f , L f and W are the same as those in formula 3.
 式ZIにおけるZ、式ZIIにおけるZ、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZは、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。 Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion, it is substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group The benzene sulfonate anion is preferred.
 式ZIにおけるZ、式ZIIにおけるZ、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZとしては、下記の式SA1で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。 Z in formula ZI -, Z in formula ZII -, Zc in Formula ZI-3 -, and Z in Formula ZI-4 - as also preferred aromatic sulfonate anion represented by the formula SA1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式SA1中、Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-R)以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有しても良い置換基としては、フッ素原子、水酸基などが挙げられる。 In the formula SA1, Ar represents an aryl group, a sulfonic acid anion and - further may have a (D-R B) other than the substituent. Further, examples of the substituent which may be included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nは、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは2~3であり、特に好ましくは3である。  N represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and particularly preferably 3.
 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。この2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等を挙げることができる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof. ..
 Rは、炭化水素基を表す。 R B represents a hydrocarbon group.
 好ましくは、Dは単結合であり、Rは脂肪族炭化水素構造である。Rは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Preferably, D is a single bond and R B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. R B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
 式ZIにおけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び式ZIIにおけるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in formula ZI and the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation in formula ZII are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 式ZI、式ZIIにおけるアニオンZ-、式ZI-3におけるZc、及び式ZI-4におけるZ-の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the anion Z in formula ZI, formula ZII, Zc in formula ZI-3, and Z in formula ZI-4 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用することができる。
 中でも、上記光酸発生剤が、カチオン及びアニオンを含むイオン性化合物であり、上記アニオンが上記式An-1、下記式An-2及び下記式An-3のいずれかで表わされるイオンを含むことが好ましい。
Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
Among them, the photoacid generator is an ionic compound containing a cation and an anion, and the anion contains an ion represented by any one of the above formula An-1, the following formula An-2 and the following formula An-3. Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 式An-2及び式An-3中、Rfaはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子を有する一価の有機基を表し、複数のRfaは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formulas An-2 and An-3, Rfa's each independently represent a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rfa's may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Rfaは、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることが好ましい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 また、複数のRfaは互いに結合して環を形成していることが好ましい。
Rfa is preferably an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Moreover, it is preferable that a plurality of Rfas are bonded to each other to form a ring.
 また、光酸発生剤として、実施例で使用されている化合物C-1~C-42も好ましく上げられるが、これに限定されない。 The compounds C-1 to C-42 used in the examples are also preferable as the photoacid generator, but the photoacid generator is not limited thereto.
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、上述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1質量%~35質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、2質量%~20質量%が更に好ましく、2.5質量%~20質量%が特に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤として、上記式ZI-3又は式ZI-4で表される化合物を含む場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5質量%~35質量%が好ましく、7質量%~30質量%がより好ましい。
The photo-acid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form of a low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of polymer.
The photo-acid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the photo-acid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). ..
The photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the photo-acid generator in the composition (when a plurality of kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 35% by mass, and 0.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Is more preferably from 25% by mass to 25% by mass, further preferably from 2% by mass to 20% by mass, particularly preferably from 2.5% by mass to 20% by mass.
When the compound represented by the above formula ZI-3 or formula ZI-4 is contained as the photoacid generator, the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (when there are plural kinds, the total thereof) is 5% by mass to 35% by mass is preferable, and 7% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<酸拡散制御剤>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(「酸拡散制御剤(D)」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)は、露光時に酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用するものである。例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。
 中でも、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、経時後に得られるパターンの直線性の観点から、酸拡散制御剤として、含窒素化合物を含むことが好ましく、含窒素塩基性化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0627~0664、米国特許出願公開第2015/0004544号明細書の段落0095~0187、米国特許出願公開第2016/0237190号明細書の段落0403~0423、米国特許出願公開第2016/0274458号明細書の段落0259~0328に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤(D)として好適に使用できる。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller (also referred to as “acid diffusion controller (D)”).
The acid diffusion control agent (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed portion due to the excess generated acid. .. For example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relative to an acid generator, and a nitrogen atom. A low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid or an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
Among them, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound as the acid diffusion controller from the viewpoint of the linearity of the pattern obtained after aging, and nitrogen-containing basicity. More preferably, it comprises a compound.
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, a known acid diffusion controlling agent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs 0627 to 0664 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0095 to 0187 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraph 0403 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190. The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0259 to 0328 of U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2016/0274458, can be suitably used as the acid diffusion controller (D).
〔塩基性化合物(DA)〕
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、好ましくは、下記式A~式Eで示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
[Basic compound (DA)]
The basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas A to E.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 式A及び式E中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。
In formula A and formula E,
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or aryl. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 式A及び式E中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 式A及びE中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group in Formula A and Formula E may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
Of the above alkyl groups, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
More preferably, the alkyl groups in formulas A and E are unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine or the like is preferable, and an imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond is more preferable.
〔活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)〕
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。
[Basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation]
The basic compound (DB) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and actinic rays or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation of radiation and its proton acceptor property is reduced or disappears, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基や、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having an electron or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or π conjugation. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル、アザクラウンエーテル、第1級~第3級アミン、ピリジン、イミダゾール、及びピラジン構造などを挙げることができる。 Examples of preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include crown ether, azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amine, pyridine, imidazole, and pyrazine structure.
 化合物(DB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。
The compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or disappear the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and Means that when a proton adduct is produced from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.
The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1がより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3が更に好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa<-1, more preferably −13<pKa<−1, and −13<pKa. <-3 is more preferable.
 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。あるいは、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 The acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. The acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be specifically measured by using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution and measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25°C. Alternatively, the software package 1 described below may be used to calculate a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values. All pKa values given herein refer to values calculated by using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
〔光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)〕
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)をその他の酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。
 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
[Onium salt (DC) that becomes a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator]
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, an onium salt (DC), which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, can be used as another acid diffusion controller.
When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are mixed and used, the photoacid generator is exposed to actinic rays or radiation. When the acid generated from the compound collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, salt exchange causes the weak acid to be released to give an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic activity, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、焦点深度の許容度及びパターン直線性の観点から、式d1-1~式d1-3により表される化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を更に含むことが好ましい。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formulas d1-1 to d1-3 from the viewpoint of the depth of focus tolerance and the pattern linearity. It is preferable to further include at least one compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式d1-1~式d1-3中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表し、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基を表し、S原子に隣接する炭素原子にはフッ素原子が結合しないものとし、R52は有機基を表し、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表し、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基を表し、Mはそれぞれ独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンを表す。 In formulas d1-1 to d1-3, R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. R 52 represents an organic group, Y 3 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group, and Rf represents a carbon atom adjacent to the S atom. Represents a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom, and M + each independently represents an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、式ZIで例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び式ZIIで例示したヨードニウムカチオンを挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the formula ZI and the iodonium cation exemplified by the formula ZII.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、上記カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「化合物(DCA)」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 化合物(DCA)としては、下記式C-1~C-3のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The onium salt (DC), which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, is a compound having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule, and the cation site and the anion site are linked by a covalent bond. (Hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DCA)”).
The compound (DCA) is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas C-1 to C-3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 式C-1~C-3中、R、R、及びRはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位とを連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、及び-N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、及びスルフィニル基(-S(=O)-)のうち少なくとも1つを有する1価の置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、R、及びLは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、式C-3において、R~Rのうち2つを合わせて1つの2価の置換基を表し、N原子と2重結合により結合していてもよい。
In formulas C-1 to C-3, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
—X represents an anion moiety selected from —COO , —SO 3 , —SO 2 , and —N —R 4 . R 4 is a carbonyl group (-C(=O)-), a sulfonyl group (-S(=O) 2 -), and a sulfinyl group (-S(=O)-) at a connecting site with an adjacent N atom. Represents a monovalent substituent having at least one of
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may combine with each other to form a ring structure. Further, in the formula C-3, two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to represent one divalent substituent and may be bonded to the N atom by a double bond.
 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、及びアリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基である。 The substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a cycloalkylamino group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. Preferably, it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Lは、好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又はこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。 L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or these two types. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
〔窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)〕
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記式d-1で表すことができる。
[Low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid]
The low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. It is preferable that the amine derivative has.
As the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. ..
The molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and further preferably 100 to 500.
The compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following formula d-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 式d-1において、
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基はそれぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In equation d-1,
R b is each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b's may be linked to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group or an oxo group, an alkoxy group, Alternatively, it may be substituted with a halogen atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by R b .
 Rとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2つのRが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 式d-1で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348号明細書の段落0466に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
As R b , a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons and derivatives thereof.
Specific structures of the group represented by formula d-1 include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph 0466 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348.
 化合物(DD)は、下記式6で表される構造を有するものであることが好ましい。 The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 式6において、
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rは、上記式d-1におけるRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 式6において、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基はそれぞれ独立に、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として上述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In equation 6,
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l+m=3.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two R a's may be the same or different, and the two R a's may be linked to each other to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the formula. This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
R b has the same meaning as R b in the formula d-1, and preferred examples are also the same.
In Equation 6, the alkyl group as R a, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and aralkyl group each independently an alkyl group as R b, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group, may be substituted It may be substituted with a group similar to the above-mentioned groups.
 上記Rのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rについて上述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明において特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348号明細書の段落0475に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group for R a (these groups may be substituted with the above groups) include the same groups as those described above for R b. Are listed.
Specific structures of the compound (DD) particularly preferred in the present invention include the compounds disclosed in paragraph 0475 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348, but are not limited thereto. Absent.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子など)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開第2015/0309408号明細書の段落0203に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is further preferred that all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly bonded to the nitrogen atom.
Specific preferred structures of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph 0203 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/03094080.
 その他の酸拡散制御剤の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Favorable examples of other acid diffusion control agents are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069

 
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、その他の酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%がより好ましい。
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, the other acid diffusion controlling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
The content of the acid diffusion controlling agent in the composition (when plural kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 0.1% by mass. It is more preferably to 5% by mass.
<溶剤>
 以下、具体例として示した溶剤において、上記一般式(1)又は上記一般式(2)で表される化合物に相当するものは除かれる。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、溶剤(「溶剤(F)」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましく、有機溶剤を含むことがより好ましい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0665~0670、米国特許出願公開第2015/0004544号明細書の段落0210~0235、米国特許出願公開第2016/0237190号明細書の段落0424~0426、米国特許出願公開第2016/0274458号明細書の段落0357~0366に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
<Solvent>
Hereinafter, in the solvents shown as specific examples, those corresponding to the compound represented by the general formula (1) or the general formula (2) are excluded.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention preferably contains a solvent (also referred to as “solvent (F)”), and more preferably contains an organic solvent.
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, known resist solvents can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs 0665 to 0670 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167, paragraphs 0210 to 0235 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544, and paragraph 0424 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190. ˜0426, and known solvents disclosed in paragraphs 0357 to 0366 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 can be preferably used.
Examples of the solvent that can be used when preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Examples of the organic solvent include a monoketone compound which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤、及び水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、上述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、これらの中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。これらの中でも、形成する層の均一性の観点から、溶剤はγ-ブチロラクトンを含むことが特に好ましい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であってもよい。
As the organic solvent, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure with a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but the solvent containing a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate or the like, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. (PGME: 1-methoxy-2-propanol), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferable. Further, the solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, an alkylalkoxypropionate, a monoketone compound which may contain a ring, a cyclic lactone, an alkyl acetate or the like, among which, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA: 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethylethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and γ-butyrolactone are more preferable. , Ethylethoxypropionate, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone are more preferred. Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent containing no hydroxyl group. Among these, it is particularly preferable that the solvent contains γ-butyrolactone from the viewpoint of uniformity of the layer to be formed.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、特に制限はないが、0.5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、1.0質量%~45質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%~40質量%が更に好ましい。
 固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
The solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 1.0% by mass to 45% by mass. % Is more preferable, and 1.0% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
<架橋剤>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸の作用により樹脂を架橋する化合物(以下、架橋剤(G)ともいう。)を含有してもよい。
 架橋剤(G)としては、公知の化合物を適宜に使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2016/0147154号明細書の段落0379~0431、米国特許出願公開第2016/0282720号明細書の段落0064~0141に開示された公知の化合物を架橋剤(G)として好適に使用できる。
 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂を架橋しうる架橋性基を有している化合物であり、架橋性基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、アルコキシメチルエーテル基、オキシラン環、及びオキセタン環などを挙げることができる。
 架橋性基は、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、オキシラン環又はオキセタン環であることが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、架橋性基を2個以上有する化合物(樹脂も含む)であることが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、ヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基を有する、フェノール誘導体、ウレア系化合物(ウレア構造を有する化合物)又はメラミン系化合物(メラミン構造を有する化合物)であることがより好ましい。
 架橋剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 架橋剤(G)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、3質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
<Crosslinking agent>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may contain a compound that crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinker (G)).
As the cross-linking agent (G), a known compound can be appropriately used. For example, known compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0379 to 0431 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 and paragraphs 0064 to 0141 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 are suitable as the crosslinking agent (G). Can be used for
The cross-linking agent (G) is a compound having a cross-linkable group capable of cross-linking the resin, and as the cross-linkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And an oxetane ring.
The crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring.
The crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinking groups.
The cross-linking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure).
The crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the cross-linking agent (G) is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, further preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤(「界面活性剤(H)」ともいう。)を含有してもよいし、含有しなくてもよい。界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素系及びシリコーン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)の少なくとも一方を含有することが好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant (also referred to as “surfactant (H)”). In the case of containing a surfactant, a fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) It is preferable to contain at least one.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有することにより、波長250nm以下、特に波長220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを得ることができる。
 フッ素系又はシリコーン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落0276に記載の界面活性剤が挙げることができる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落0280に記載の、フッ素系又はシリコーン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。
Since the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, good sensitivity and resolution are achieved, and adhesion is improved. It is possible to obtain a resist pattern with less property and development defects.
Examples of the fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph 0276 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
Further, surfactants other than the fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactants described in paragraph 0280 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001質量%~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して0.0001質量%以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is 0.0001% by mass to 2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % Is preferable, and 0.0005% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 0.0001% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin is increased. As a result, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water following property during immersion exposure is improved.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に、その他の公知の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。
 その他の添加剤としては、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、溶解促進剤等が挙げられる。
<Other additives>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may further contain other known additives.
Examples of other additives include acid proliferating agents, dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, alkali-soluble resins, dissolution inhibitors, and dissolution accelerators.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、例えば、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いることが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズ(孔径)は0.2μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。
 また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度が高い場合(例えば、25質量%以上)は、フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは、3μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.3μm以下が更に好ましい。
 上記フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is obtained by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the mixed solvent, and filtering the resulting solution, and then, for example, a predetermined support (substrate). ) It is preferable to apply it on the above.
The pore size (pore diameter) of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.2 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, still more preferably 0.03 μm or less.
Further, when the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a high solid content concentration (for example, 25% by mass or more), the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 μm or less, and more preferably 0.5 μm or less. It is preferably 0.3 μm or less, and more preferably 0.3 μm or less.
The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In the filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in JP-A-2002-62667, cyclic filtration may be performed, or a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel to perform filtration. Also, the composition may be filtered multiple times. Further, the composition may be subjected to deaeration treatment or the like before and after filtration with a filter.
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物からなるレジスト膜の膜厚は、特に限定されないが、解像力向上の観点から、90nm以下が好ましく、85nm以下がより好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性又は製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。 The thickness of the resist film comprising the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of improving resolution, 90 nm or less is preferable, and 85 nm or less is more preferable. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or film forming property.
<用途>
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、光の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。更に詳しくは、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は、平版印刷版若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されるレジストパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及び、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用することができる。
<Use>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that reacts upon irradiation with light to change its properties. More specifically, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied to a semiconductor manufacturing process such as IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and an imprint mold structure. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for production, other photofabrication process, or production of a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition. The resist pattern formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention includes an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, and a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems). Etc. can be used.
(レジスト膜)
 本発明に係るレジスト膜は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されたレジスト膜である。本発明に係るレジスト膜は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固化物である。
 本発明における固化物とは、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物から溶剤を少なくとも1部除去したものであればよい。
 具体的には、本発明に係るレジスト膜は、例えば、基板等の支持体上に本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布した後に、乾燥することにより得られる。
 上記乾燥とは、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の少なくとも一部を除去することをいう。
 乾燥方法は特に限定されず、公知の方法が使用されるが、加熱(例えば、70℃~130℃、30秒~300秒間)による乾燥等が挙げられる。
 加熱方法としては特に限定されず、公知の加熱手段が用いられるが、例えば、ヒーター、オーブン、ホットプレート、赤外線ランプ、赤外線レーザー等が挙げられる。
(Resist film)
The resist film according to the present invention is a resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention. The resist film according to the present invention is a solidified product of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
The solidified product in the present invention may be one obtained by removing at least a part of the solvent from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
Specifically, the resist film according to the present invention can be obtained, for example, by applying the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention on a support such as a substrate and then drying.
The drying means removing at least a part of the solvent contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention.
The drying method is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used, and examples include drying by heating (for example, 70° C. to 130° C., 30 seconds to 300 seconds).
The heating method is not particularly limited, and known heating means can be used, and examples thereof include a heater, an oven, a hot plate, an infrared lamp, and an infrared laser.
 本発明に係るレジスト膜に含まれる成分は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる成分のうち、溶剤を除いた成分と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 本発明に係るレジスト膜に含まれる各成分の含有量は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の溶剤以外の各成分の含有量の説明における「全固形分」の記載を、「レジスト膜の全質量」に読み替えたものに相当する。
The components contained in the resist film according to the present invention are the same as the components excluding the solvent among the components contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention, and the preferred embodiments are also the same. ..
The content of each component contained in the resist film according to the present invention is the description of "total solid content" in the description of the content of each component other than the solvent of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention. Is read as “total mass of resist film”.
 本発明に係るレジスト膜の厚さは、特に限定されないが、50nm~150nmであることが好ましく、80nm~130nmであることがより好ましい。
 また、メモリデバイスの三次元化に伴い、厚いレジスト膜を形成したい場合には、例えば、2μm以上であることが好ましく、2μm以上50μm以下であることがより好ましく、2μm以上20μm以下であることが更に好ましい。
The thickness of the resist film according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 50 nm to 150 nm, more preferably 80 nm to 130 nm.
Further, when it is desired to form a thick resist film as the memory device becomes three-dimensional, the thickness is, for example, preferably 2 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and further preferably 2 μm or more and 20 μm or less. More preferable.
(パターン形成方法)
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、
 本発明に係るレジスト膜を活性光線又は放射線により露光する工程(露光工程)、及び、
 上記露光する工程後のレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、を含む。
 また、本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によってレジスト膜を支持体上に形成する工程(成膜工程)、
 上記レジスト膜を活性光線又は放射線により露光する工程(露光工程)、及び、
 上記露光する工程後のレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、を含む方法であってもよい。
(Pattern forming method)
The pattern forming method according to the present invention,
A step of exposing the resist film according to the present invention to actinic rays or radiation (exposure step), and
It includes a step of developing the resist film after the exposing step using a developing solution (developing step).
Further, the pattern forming method according to the present invention is a step of forming a resist film on a support with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention (film forming step),
A step of exposing the resist film to actinic rays or radiation (exposure step), and
The method may include a step of developing the resist film after the exposing step using a developing solution (developing step).
<成膜工程>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、成膜工程を含んでもよい。成膜工程におけるレジスト膜の形成方法としては、例えば、上述のレジスト膜の項目で述べた乾燥によるレジスト膜の形成方法が挙げられる。
<Film forming process>
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may include a film forming step. Examples of the method of forming the resist film in the film forming step include the method of forming the resist film by drying described in the item of the resist film above.
〔支持体〕
 支持体は、特に限定されるものではなく、IC等の半導体の製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO、及びSiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。
[Support]
The support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a manufacturing process of a semiconductor such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process of other photofabrication. A substrate can be used. Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
<露光工程>
 露光工程は、レジスト膜を光により露光する工程である。
 露光方法は、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 露光に用いられる光(活性光線又は放射線)の種類は、光酸発生剤の特性及び得たいパターン形状等を考慮して選択すればよいが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、及び電子線等が挙げられ、遠紫外光が好ましい。
 例えば、波長250nm以下の活性光線が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmが更に好ましい。
 用いられる光として、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、又は電子線等であり、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましい。
 中でも、露光する工程における露光は、フッ化アルゴンレーザーを用いた液浸露光により行われることが好ましい。
 露光量としては、5mJ/cm~200mJ/cmであることが好ましく、10mJ/cm~100mJ/cmであることがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The exposure step is a step of exposing the resist film with light.
The exposure method may be immersion exposure.
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the exposure step a plurality of times.
The type of light (actinic ray or radiation) used for exposure may be selected in consideration of the characteristics of the photo-acid generator and the pattern shape to be obtained, but infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light , Extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, electron beams and the like, and far ultraviolet light is preferable.
For example, an actinic ray having a wavelength of 250 nm or less is preferable, 220 nm or less is more preferable, and 1 to 200 nm is further preferable.
The light used is, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, or the like. , EUV or electron beam is preferred.
Above all, the exposure in the exposing step is preferably performed by liquid immersion exposure using an argon fluoride laser.
The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
<現像工程>
 現像工程において使用される現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう。)であってもよく、アルカリ水溶液であることが好ましい。
<Developing process>
The developing solution used in the developing step may be an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution), and is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution.
〔アルカリ現像液〕
 アルカリ現像液としては、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される第4級アンモニウム塩が好ましく用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、第1級~第3級アミン、アルカノールアミン、及び環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。
 更に、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類、及び界面活性剤の少なくとも1種を適当量含有してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、0.1質量%~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、10~15であることが好ましい。
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、10秒~300秒であることが好ましい。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、及び現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整することができる。
[Alkaline developer]
As the alkali developing solution, a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably used. In addition to this, inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alkanolamines, cyclic amines, etc. An aqueous alkaline solution can also be used.
Further, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of at least one of alcohols and surfactants. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is preferably 10-15.
The time for developing with an alkaline developer is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds.
The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developing solution can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
〔有機系現像液〕
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。
[Organic developer]
The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have.
-ケトン系溶剤-
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
-Ketone solvent-
Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
-エステル系溶剤-
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等を挙げることができる。
-Ester solvent-
Examples of the ester solvent include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl acetate. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butanoic acid Examples thereof include butyl, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
-その他の溶剤-
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開第2016/0070167号明細書の段落0715~0718に開示された溶剤を使用できる。
-Other solvents-
As the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, the ether-based solvent, and the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs 0715 to 0718 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 can be used.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満であることが更に好ましく、実質的に水を含有しないことが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液における有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
-界面活性剤-
 有機系現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含有できる。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~5質量%が好ましく、0.005質量%~2質量%がより好ましく、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が更に好ましい。
-Surfactant-
The organic developer may contain a known surfactant in an appropriate amount, if necessary.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 2% by mass, and 0.01% by mass to 0.1% by mass based on the total mass of the developer. 5% by mass is more preferable.
-酸拡散制御剤-
 有機系現像液は、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
-Acid diffusion control agent-
The organic developer may contain the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
〔現像方法〕
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、又は一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等を適用することができる。
[Development method]
Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and resting for a certain period of time (paddle method), and a substrate. A method of spraying the developing solution on the surface (spray method) or a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning the developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) is applied. can do.
 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。 The step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. As a result, a pattern can be formed without melting only an intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern can be formed.
<前加熱工程、露光後加熱工程>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、露光工程の前に、前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、露光工程の後、かつ、現像工程の前に、露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 加熱温度は、前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70℃~130℃が好ましく、80℃~120℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30秒~300秒が好ましく、30秒~180秒がより好ましく、30秒~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
<Pre-heating step, post-exposure heating step>
The pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a pre-heating (PB: PreBake) step before the exposure step.
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a post exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after the exposure step and before the development step.
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may include the post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
The heating temperature is preferably 70° C. to 130° C., and more preferably 80° C. to 120° C. in both the pre-heating step and the post-exposure heating step.
In both the pre-heating step and the post-exposure heating step, the heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
<レジスト下層膜形成工程>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、成膜工程の前に、レジスト下層膜を形成する工程(レジスト下層膜形成工程)を更に含んでもよい。
 レジスト下層膜形成工程は、レジスト膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、反射防止膜等)を形成する工程である。レジスト下層膜としては、公知の有機系又は無機系の材料を適宜用いることができる。
<Resist lower layer film forming step>
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may further include a step of forming a resist underlayer film (resist underlayer film forming step) before the film forming step.
The resist underlayer film forming step is a step of forming a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), antireflection film, etc.) between the resist film and the support. A known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used for the resist lower layer film.
<保護膜形成工程>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、現像工程の前に、保護膜を形成する工程(保護膜形成工程)を更に含んでもよい。
 保護膜形成工程は、レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成する工程である。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いることができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、国際公開第2016/157988号に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用することができる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含むものが好ましい。
 上述した疎水性樹脂を含有するレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
<Protective film forming process>
The pattern forming method according to the present invention may further include a step of forming a protective film (protective film forming step) before the developing step.
The protective film forming step is a step of forming a protective film (top coat) on the upper layer of the resist film. Known materials can be appropriately used for the protective film. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The protective film-forming composition disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Publication No. 2016/157988 can be preferably used. The protective film-forming composition preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
A protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
<リンス工程>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法は、現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。
<Rinse process>
The pattern forming method according to the present invention preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse liquid (rinse step) after the developing step.
〔アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の場合〕
 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含有してもよい。この場合、現像工程又はリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。更に、リンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。
[In the case of a developing process using an alkaline developer]
Pure water, for example, can be used as the rinse liquid used in the rinse process after the developing process using the alkaline developer. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant. In this case, after the developing step or the rinsing step, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Furthermore, after the rinse treatment or the treatment with the supercritical fluid, a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
〔有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の場合〕
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、レジストパターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液がより好ましい。
[In case of developing process using organic developer]
The rinse liquid used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. It is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, ketone-based solvent, ester-based solvent, alcohol-based solvent, amide-based solvent, and ether-based solvent are the same as those described for the developer containing an organic solvent.
As the rinse liquid used in the rinse step in this case, a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。 As the monohydric alcohol used in the rinse step, a linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol can be mentioned. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol. Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol. ..
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすることで、良好な現像特性が得られる。
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above and used.
The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, still more preferably 3% by mass or less. When the water content is 10% by mass or less, good developing characteristics can be obtained.
 リンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含有してもよい。
 リンス工程においては、有機系現像液を用いる現像を行った基板を有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、又は基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等を適用することができる。中でも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000rpm~4,000rpm(回転/分)の回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は40~160℃であることが好ましく、70~95℃がより好ましい。加熱時間は10秒~3分であることが好ましく、30秒~90秒がより好ましい。
The rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
In the rinsing step, the substrate that has been developed with the organic developing solution is washed with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent. The method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be applied. Above all, it is preferable to perform the cleaning treatment by the spin coating method, and after the cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm (rotation/minute) to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinse step. By this heating process, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the pattern are removed. In the heating step after the rinse step, the heating temperature is preferably 40 to 160°C, more preferably 70 to 95°C. The heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 3 minutes, more preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
<表面荒れの改善>
 本発明に係るパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含有するガスのプラズマによってレジストパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、特開2004-235468号公報、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたレジストパターンは、例えば特開平3-270227号公報及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
<Improvement of surface roughness>
A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to the present invention. As a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, a method of treating the resist pattern with plasma of a gas containing hydrogen, which is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957, can be mentioned. In addition, JP-A-2004-235468, US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
Further, the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (Core) of the spacer process disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
(電子デバイスの製造方法)
 本発明に係る電子デバイスの製造方法は、本発明に係るパターン形成方法を含む。本発明に係る電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
(Method of manufacturing electronic device)
The method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention includes the pattern forming method according to the present invention. The electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention is suitable for electrical and electronic equipment (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.). It will be installed.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明の実施形態を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本発明の実施形態の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。したがって、本発明の実施形態の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 The embodiment of the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the embodiments of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the embodiments of the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples. In addition, "part" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
<樹脂(A)>
 使用した樹脂(A-1~A-37)の構造を以下に示す。
 なお、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は前述のとおりGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
<Resin (A)>
The structures of the resins (A-1 to A-37) used are shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene conversion amount). Moreover, the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 なお、上記樹脂の各繰り返し単位の含有比率の単位はモル%である。 The unit of the content ratio of each repeating unit of the above resin is mol %.
 本明細書及び実施例におけるホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)が50℃以下であるモノマー(モノマーa1)を由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)に対応するモノマーa1のホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)の値は、PCT/JP2018/018239の記載を参照することができる。 When a homopolymer of the monomer a1 corresponding to the repeating unit (a1) derived from the monomer (monomer a1) having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50° C. or lower when used as a homopolymer in the present specification and examples For the glass transition temperature (Tg) value of, the description in PCT/JP2018/018239 can be referred to.
<光酸発生剤>
 使用した光酸発生剤(C-1~C-42)の構造を以下に示す。
<Photo acid generator>
The structures of the photo-acid generators (C-1 to C-42) used are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
<酸拡散制御剤>
 使用した酸拡散制御剤の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The structure of the acid diffusion control agent used is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 使用した架橋剤の構造を以下に示す。 The structure of the cross-linking agent used is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 使用した疎水性樹脂の構造を以下に示す。なお、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は前述のとおりGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。 The structure of the hydrophobic resin used is shown below. The weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of the hydrophobic resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene conversion amount). ). Moreover, the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 使用した化合物(P)(特定の添加剤ともいう)の構造及び分子量を下記表1に示す。 The structure and molecular weight of the compound (P) used (also referred to as a specific additive) are shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089

 
 比較例において使用した化合物AEC-1~AEC-4、及びAAC-1の構造、分子量を下記表2に示す。 The structures and molecular weights of the compounds AEC-1 to AEC-4 and AAC-1 used in Comparative Examples are shown in Table 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
 使用した界面活性剤(E)を下記に示す。 The surfactant (E) used is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 E-2: メガファックR-41(DIC(株)製)
 E-3: KF-53(信越化学工業(株)製)
 E-4: メガファックF176(DIC(株)製)
 E-5: メガファックR08(DIC(株)製)
 E-6: トロイゾルS366(Troy Corporation製)
E-2: Megafac R-41 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
E-3: KF-53 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
E-4: Megafac F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
E-5: Megafac R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
E-6: Troisol S366 (manufactured by Troy Corporation)
 使用した化合物(H-1)~(H-4)を下記に示す。 The compounds (H-1) to (H-4) used are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 使用した溶剤を下記に示す。
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:乳酸エチル
 S-4:3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル
 S-5:2-ヘプタノン
 S-6:3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル
 S-7:酢酸3‐メトキシブチル
 S-8:酢酸ブチル
 S-9:シクロヘキサノン
 S-10:プロピレンカーボネート
 S-11:シクロヘプタノン
 S-12:プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル
The solvent used is shown below.
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: Ethyl lactate S-4: Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate S-5: 2-Heptanone S-6: Methyl 3-methoxypropionate S-7: 3-Methoxybutyl acetate S-8: Butyl acetate S- 9: cyclohexanone S-10: propylene carbonate S-11: cycloheptanone S-12: propylene glycol monoethyl ether
(実施例1~318、及び、比較例1~10)
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(KrF露光)
(実施例1~7、15~18、23~29、36、127~246、比較例1、2、5~10)
 表3、4に示した各成分を、表3、4に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。次いで、得られた溶液を、3μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を調製した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例では、固形分とは、溶剤、特定の添加剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
(Examples 1 to 318 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10)
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition> (KrF exposure)
(Examples 1 to 7, 15 to 18, 23 to 29, 36, 127 to 246, Comparative Examples 1, 2, 5 to 10)
The components shown in Tables 3 and 4 were mixed so as to have the solid content concentrations (% by mass) shown in Tables 3 and 4 to obtain solutions. Then, the resulting solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 3 μm to prepare an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition).
In the resist composition of the present embodiment, the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive. The resist composition obtained was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の特定の添加剤の含有量の測定>
 表3、4に示した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における特定の添加剤を表3、4に記載の含有量を添加した。
 なお、特定の添加剤の含有量は以下のように以下のように測定した。
(一般式(1)で表される化合物)
 レジスト溶液の10質量%アセトニトリル溶液を調製し孔径0.20μm PTFE製フィルター(DISMIC-25JP、ADVANTEC社製)で濾過して、WAX系カラム(DB-HeavyWAX(♯123-7162)、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)を使用したFID検出器(Agilent-6890A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)のGC(ガスクロマトグラフ)装置(Agilent-6890A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)で分析した。各化合物の標準試薬を用いた絶対検量線法により、一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量を定量した。
 なお、上記標準試薬は、濃度既知の定量対象の一般式(1)で表される化合物と濃度既知のアセトニトリルが混合されたものである。上記アセトニトリルとしては、市販品を用いることができる。
 比較例で示した、一般式(1)で表される化合物と類似する化合物(AEC-1~AEC-4)の含有量についても同様に測定した。
<Measurement of content of specific additive of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
Specific additives in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions shown in Tables 3 and 4 were added at the contents shown in Tables 3 and 4.
The content of the specific additive was measured as follows.
(Compound represented by the general formula (1))
A 10 mass% acetonitrile solution of the resist solution was prepared and filtered through a PTFE filter (DISMIC-25JP, manufactured by ADVANTEC) having a pore size of 0.20 μm to obtain a WAX column (DB-HeavyWAX (#123-7162), Agilent Technologies). The product was analyzed by a GC (gas chromatograph) device (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies) of an FID detector (Agilent-6890A, manufactured by Agilent Technologies). The content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
The standard reagent is a mixture of a compound represented by the general formula (1) to be quantified with a known concentration and acetonitrile with a known concentration. A commercial item can be used as said acetonitrile.
The contents of the compounds (AEC-1 to AEC-4) similar to the compound represented by the general formula (1) shown in Comparative Example were also measured in the same manner.
(一般式(2)で表される化合物)
 レジスト溶液の20質量%アセトニトリル溶液3mL、1Nリン酸アセトニトリル溶液1mL、および2,4-ジニトロフェニルヒドラジン(DNPH)の0.1%アセトニトリル溶液1mLを混合して、超音波装置(卓上型超音波洗浄器(♯5510)、ブランソニック社製)を用いて超音波を3分間照射した。得られた混合溶液を孔径0.20μm PTFE製フィルター(DISMIC-25JP、ADVANTEC社製)で濾過し、逆相カラム(Shim-pack CLC-ODS(M)、島津GLC社製)を使用したUV検出器(Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)の液体クロマトグラフ装置(Agilent 1100 HPLC G1311A、アジレント・テクノロジー社製)で分析した。各化合物の標準試薬を用いた絶対検量線法により、一般式(2)で表される化合物の含有量を定量した。
 なお、上記標準試薬は、濃度既知の定量対象の一般式(2)で表される化合物と濃度既知のDNPHが混合されたものである。
 比較例で示した、一般式(2)で表される化合物と類似する化合物(AAC-1)の含有量についても同様に測定した。
(Compound represented by the general formula (2))
3 mL of a 20 mass% acetonitrile solution of a resist solution, 1 mL of a 1 N acetonitrile solution of phosphoric acid, and 1 mL of a 0.1% acetonitrile solution of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) were mixed, and an ultrasonic device (tabletop ultrasonic cleaning Ultrasonic waves were applied for 3 minutes using a vessel (#5510), manufactured by Bransonic. The obtained mixed solution was filtered with a 0.20 μm pore size PTFE filter (DISMIC-25JP, manufactured by ADVANTEC), and UV detection using a reverse phase column (Shim-pack CLC-ODS(M), manufactured by Shimadzu GLC) It analyzed by the liquid chromatograph apparatus (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1311A, made by Agilent Technologies) of the instrument (Agilent 1100 HPLC G1315B, made by Agilent Technologies). The content of the compound represented by the general formula (2) was quantified by the absolute calibration curve method using the standard reagent of each compound.
The standard reagent is a mixture of the compound represented by the general formula (2) whose concentration is known and the DNPH whose concentration is known.
The content of the compound (AAC-1) similar to the compound represented by the general formula (2) shown in Comparative Example was also measured in the same manner.
<パターン形成方法(1):KrF露光、アルカリ水溶液現像>
 東京エレクトロン製スピンコーター「ACT-8」を用いて、ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施した8インチのSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製(以下、「基板」ともいう。))上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、上記で調製した表3、4に記載のレジスト組成物を基板が静止した状態で滴下した。滴下した後、基板を回転し、その回転数を、3秒間500rpmで維持し、その後2秒間100rpmで維持し、更に3秒間500rpmで維持し、再び2秒間100rpmで維持した後、膜厚設定回転数(1200rpm)に上げて60秒間維持した。その後、ホットプレート上で130℃にて60秒間加熱乾燥を行い、膜厚12μmのポジ型レジスト膜を形成した。
 このレジスト膜に対し、縮小投影露光及び現像後に形成されるパターンのスペース幅が4.5μm、ピッチ幅が25μmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介して、KrFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/850C波長248nm)を用いて、NA=0.60、σ=0.75の露光条件でパターン露光した。照射後に120℃にて60秒ベークし、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、純水でリンスして乾燥した後、110℃にて60秒ベークして、スペース幅が4.5μm、ピッチ幅が25μmの孤立スペースパターンを形成した。
 なお、上記パターン露光は、縮小投影露光後のスペース幅が4.5μm、ピッチ幅が25μmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介する露光であり、露光量は、スペース幅が4.5μm、ピッチ幅が25μmの孤立スペースパターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern forming method (1): KrF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development>
An antireflection layer is formed on an 8-inch Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology (hereinafter, also referred to as “substrate”)) that has been subjected to hexamethyldisilazane treatment using a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron. The resist compositions shown in Tables 3 and 4 prepared above were dropped in the state where the substrate was stationary. After the dropping, the substrate was rotated, the rotation speed was maintained at 500 rpm for 3 seconds, then 100 rpm for 2 seconds, further 500 rpm for 3 seconds, and again 100 rpm for 2 seconds, and then the film thickness setting rotation. Increased to a number (1200 rpm) and held for 60 seconds. Then, it was heated and dried at 130° C. for 60 seconds on a hot plate to form a positive resist film having a film thickness of 12 μm.
With respect to this resist film, a KrF excimer laser scanner (ASML) is used through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the space width of the pattern formed after reduction projection exposure and development is 4.5 μm and the pitch width is 25 μm. (Manufactured by PAS5500/850C, wavelength 248 nm) was used for pattern exposure under the exposure conditions of NA=0.60 and σ=0.75. After irradiation, it was baked at 120° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried, and then at 110° C. After baking for 60 seconds, an isolated space pattern having a space width of 4.5 μm and a pitch width of 25 μm was formed.
The pattern exposure is exposure through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the space width after reduction projection exposure is 4.5 μm and the pitch width is 25 μm, and the exposure amount is 4. The optimum exposure dose (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming an isolated space pattern having a pitch width of 5 μm and a pitch width of 25 μm was set. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation 9380II) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having the substrate and the pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<性能評価>
[経時安定性]
 レジスト組成物を40℃で4週間保存した後、上記と同様に孤立パターンを形成した。得られた孤立スペースパターンにおいて、上記と同様に感度を求めて、経時保存前のレジスト組成物を用いて形成された孤立スペースパターンの感度と経時保存(40℃で4週間)後のレジスト組成物を用いて形成された孤立スペースパターンの感度との差、すなわち感度変動の度合いを下記判定基準に従って評価した。
(判定基準)
A:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm未満
B:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm以上2mJ/cm未満
C:観察される感度変動が2mJ/cm以上3mJ/cm未満
D:観察される感度変動が3mJ/cm以上
<Performance evaluation>
[Stability over time]
After storing the resist composition at 40° C. for 4 weeks, an isolated pattern was formed in the same manner as above. The sensitivity of the obtained isolated space pattern was determined in the same manner as above, and the sensitivity of the isolated space pattern formed by using the resist composition before storage with time and the resist composition after storage (4 weeks at 40° C.) The difference with the sensitivity of the isolated space pattern formed by using, that is, the degree of sensitivity variation was evaluated according to the following criteria.
(Criteria)
A: Sensitivity variation observed is 1 mJ / cm 2 less B: sensitivity observed variation is 1 mJ / cm 2 or more 2 mJ / cm 2 less than C: sensitivity observed variation is 2 mJ / cm 2 or more 3 mJ / cm 2 less than D : Observed sensitivity variation is 3 mJ/cm 2 or more
[矩形性]
 線幅20.5μm/膜厚12μmのラインアンドスペースパターンの断面形状を観察し、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を用いて、レジストパターンの底部における線幅Lbと、レジストパターンの上部での線幅Laを測定し、0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05である場合は「A」と、0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95、又は、1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10である場合は「B」と、0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90、又は、1.10<(La/Lb)≦1.15である場合は「C」と、上記「A」「B」及び「C」における範囲外である場合は「D」と評価した。
[Rectangularity]
The cross-sectional shape of the line-and-space pattern having a line width of 20.5 μm/thickness of 12 μm was observed, and the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern was observed using a length scanning electron microscope (SEM Hitachi S-9380II). Then, the line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured. If 0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05, then “A”, and 0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95 Or 1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10, “B” and 0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90, or 1.10<(La/Lb) When it was ≦1.15, it was evaluated as “C”, and when it was out of the above range of “A”, “B” and “C”, it was evaluated as “D”.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(ArF露光)
(実施例8~10、19~20、30~31、247~318、比較例3)
 表3、4に示した各種成分を混合し、表3、4に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径5nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で濾過した。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例では、固形分とは、溶剤、特定の添加剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 特定の添加剤の含有量は、上記と同様に測定した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition> (ArF exposure)
(Examples 8 to 10, 19 to 20, 30 to 31, 247 to 318, Comparative Example 3)
Various components shown in Tables 3 and 4 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass %) shown in Tables 3 and 4 to obtain a solution. The obtained liquid was first filtered in the order of a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 50 nm, a nylon filter having a pore size of 10 nm, and finally a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 5 nm. The resulting actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In the resist composition of the present embodiment, the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
The content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
<パターン形成方法(2):ArF液浸露光、アルカリ水溶液現像(ポジ)>
 シリコンウェハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用組成物SOC9110D及びSi含有反射防止膜形成用組成物HM9825を塗布し、反射防止膜を形成した。得られた反射防止膜上にレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベーク(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 得られたウェハをArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA0.85、Annular、アウターシグマ0.9、インナーシグマ0.6)を用い、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、90℃で60秒間ベークPEB:Post Exposure Bake)した。次いで、現像液としてテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)で30秒間パドルして現像し、純水でリンスすることにより、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成した。
 なお、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<パターン形成方法(3):ArF液浸露光、有機溶剤現像(ネガ)>
 シリコンウェハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用組成物SOC9110D及びSi含有反射防止膜形成用組成物HM9825を塗布し、反射防止膜を形成した。得られた反射防止膜上にレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベーク(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 得られたウェハをArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA0.85、Annular、アウターシグマ0.9、インナーシグマ0.6)を用い、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、90℃で60秒間ベークPEB:Post Exposure Bake)した。次いで、現像液として酢酸ブチルで30秒間パドルして現像し、メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC)でリンスすることにより、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成した。
 なお、線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern forming method (2): ArF immersion exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
An organic antireflection film-forming composition SOC9110D and a Si-containing antireflection film-forming composition HM9825 were applied on a silicon wafer to form an antireflection film. A resist composition was applied onto the obtained antireflection film and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
The obtained wafer was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.85, Annular, outer sigma 0.9, inner sigma 0.6) in a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm. Exposed through a 6% halftone mask. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, baking PEB (Post Exposure Bake) was performed at 90° C. for 60 seconds. Then, a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.38% by mass) as a developing solution is paddle-developed for 30 seconds to develop, and rinsed with pure water to form a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm. Formed.
The optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm was used. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation 9380II) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having the substrate and the pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<Pattern forming method (3): ArF immersion exposure, organic solvent development (negative)>
An organic antireflection film-forming composition SOC9110D and a Si-containing antireflection film-forming composition HM9825 were applied on a silicon wafer to form an antireflection film. A resist composition was applied onto the obtained antireflection film and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake) to form a resist film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
The obtained wafer was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.85, Annular, outer sigma 0.9, inner sigma 0.6) with a line width of 100 nm in a 1:1 line and space pattern. Exposed through a 6% halftone mask. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Then, it baked at 90 degreeC for 60 second(Post Exposure Bake). Then, it was padded with butyl acetate as a developing solution for 30 seconds for development, and rinsed with methylisobutylcarbinol (MIBC) to form a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm.
The optimum exposure dose (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a 1:1 line and space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm was used. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation 9380II) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
According to the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<性能評価>
[経時安定性]
 レジスト組成物を40℃で4週間保存した後、上記と同様にラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。得られたラインアンドスペースパターンにおいて、上記と同様に感度を求めて、経時保存前のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度と経時保存(40℃で4週間)後のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度との差、すなわち感度変動の度合いを下記判定基準に従って評価した。
(判定基準)
A:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm未満
B:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm以上2mJ/cm未満
C:観察される感度変動が2mJ/cm以上3mJ/cm未満
D:観察される感度変動が3mJ/cm以上
<Performance evaluation>
[Stability over time]
After storing the resist composition at 40° C. for 4 weeks, a line and space pattern was formed in the same manner as above. The sensitivity of the obtained line-and-space pattern was determined in the same manner as described above, and the sensitivity of the line-and-space pattern formed using the resist composition before storage with time and the resist after storage with time (40° C. for 4 weeks) The difference from the sensitivity of the line and space pattern formed by using the composition, that is, the degree of sensitivity variation was evaluated according to the following criteria.
(Criteria)
A: Sensitivity variation observed is 1 mJ / cm 2 less B: sensitivity observed variation is 1 mJ / cm 2 or more 2 mJ / cm 2 less than C: sensitivity observed variation is 2 mJ / cm 2 or more 3 mJ / cm 2 less than D : Observed sensitivity variation is 3 mJ/cm 2 or more
[矩形性]
 線幅100nm/膜厚100nmのラインアンドスペースパターンの断面形状を観察し、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を用いて、レジストパターンの底部における線幅Lbと、レジストパターンの上部での線幅Laを測定し、0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05である場合は「A」と、0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95、又は、1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10である場合は「B」と、0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90、又は、1.10<(La/Lb)≦1.15である場合は「C」と、上記「A」「B」及び「C」における範囲外である場合は「D」と評価した。
[Rectangularity]
The cross-sectional shape of the line-and-space pattern having a line width of 100 nm/film thickness of 100 nm was observed, and the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern was measured using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM Corporation Hitachi S-9380II). The line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05, “A”, 0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95, or , 1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10, “B” and 0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90, or 1.10<(La/Lb)≦1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(EUV露光)
(実施例11~12、21、32~33、比較例4)
 表3、4に示した各種成分を混合し、表3、4に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径5nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で濾過した。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例では、固形分とは、溶剤、特定の添加剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 特定の添加剤の含有量は、上記と同様に測定した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition> (EUV exposure)
(Examples 11 to 12, 21, 32 to 33, Comparative Example 4)
Various components shown in Tables 3 and 4 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass %) shown in Tables 3 and 4 to obtain a solution. The obtained liquid was first filtered in the order of a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 50 nm, a nylon filter having a pore size of 10 nm, and finally a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 5 nm. The resulting actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In the resist composition of the present embodiment, the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
The content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
<パターン形成方法(4):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 シリコンウェハ上にAL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、レジスト組成物を塗布し、120℃で60秒間ベーク(PB)して、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 このレジスト膜に対し、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=40nmであり、且つライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を120℃で60秒間ベーク(PEB)した後、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(TMAH、2.38質量%)で30秒間現像し、次いで純水で30秒間リンスした。4000rpmの回転数で30秒間シリコンウェハを回転させ、更に、90℃で60秒間ベークすることにより、ピッチ80nm、ライン幅40nm(スペース幅40nm)のラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
 なお、線幅40nmのラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern forming method (4): EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film having a film thickness of 30 nm. A resist composition was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
This resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech Co.). As the reticle, a mask having a line size=40 nm and a line:space=1:1 was used.
The resist film after exposure was baked (PEB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds, developed with a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (TMAH, 2.38 mass %) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. The silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
The optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 40 nm was set. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (9380II manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having the substrate and the pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<パターン形成方法(5):EUV露光、有機溶剤現像(ネガ)>
 シリコンウェハ上にAL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、表に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、120℃で60秒間ベーク(PB)して、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 このレジスト膜に対し、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=40nmであり、且つライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を120℃で60秒間ベーク(PEB)した後、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像した。4000rpmの回転数で30秒間シリコンウェハを回転させ、更に、90℃で60秒間ベークすることにより、ピッチ80nm、ライン幅40nm(スペース幅40nm)のラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
 なお、線幅40nmのラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern forming method (5): EUV exposure, organic solvent development (negative)>
AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film having a film thickness of 30 nm. The resist composition shown in the table was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
This resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech Co.). As the reticle, a mask having a line size=40 nm and a line:space=1:1 was used.
The exposed resist film was baked (PEB) at 120° C. for 60 seconds and then developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds. The silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
The optimum exposure amount (sensitivity) (mJ/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 40 nm was set. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (9380II manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having the substrate and the pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<性能評価>
[経時安定性]
 レジスト組成物を40℃で4週間保存した後、上記と同様にラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。得られたラインアンドスペースパターンにおいて、上記と同様に感度を求めて、経時保存前のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度と経時保存(40℃で4週間)後のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度との差、すなわち感度変動の度合いを下記判定基準に従って評価した。
(判定基準)
A:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm未満
B:観察される感度変動が1mJ/cm以上2mJ/cm未満
C:観察される感度変動が2mJ/cm以上3mJ/cm未満
D:観察される感度変動が3mJ/cm以上
<Performance evaluation>
[Stability over time]
After storing the resist composition at 40° C. for 4 weeks, a line and space pattern was formed in the same manner as above. The sensitivity of the obtained line-and-space pattern was determined in the same manner as described above, and the sensitivity of the line-and-space pattern formed using the resist composition before storage with time and the resist after storage with time (40° C. for 4 weeks) The difference from the sensitivity of the line and space pattern formed by using the composition, that is, the degree of sensitivity variation was evaluated according to the following criteria.
(Criteria)
A: Sensitivity variation observed is 1 mJ / cm 2 less B: sensitivity observed variation is 1 mJ / cm 2 or more 2 mJ / cm 2 less than C: sensitivity observed variation is 2 mJ / cm 2 or more 3 mJ / cm 2 less than D : Observed sensitivity variation is 3 mJ/cm 2 or more
[矩形性]
 線幅40nm/膜厚30nmのラインアンドスペースパターンの断面形状を観察し、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を用いて、レジストパターンの底部における線幅Lbと、レジストパターンの上部での線幅Laを測定し、0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05である場合は「A」と、0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95、又は、1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10である場合は「B」と、0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90、又は、1.10<(La/Lb)≦1.15である場合は「C」と、上記「A」「B」及び「C」における範囲外である場合は「D」と評価した。
[Rectangularity]
By observing the cross-sectional shape of the line-and-space pattern having a line width of 40 nm/thickness of 30 nm, the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern was measured by using a length scanning electron microscope (SEM Hitachi S-9380II). The line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05, “A”, 0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95, or , 1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10, “B” and 0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90, or 1.10<(La/Lb)≦1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(EB露光)
(実施例13、14、22、34、35、37~126)
 表3、4に示した各種成分を混合し、表3、4に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリテトラフルオロエチレンフィルターで濾過して感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)得た。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例では、固形分とは、溶剤、特定の添加剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 特定の添加剤の含有量は、上記と同様に測定した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition> (EB exposure)
(Examples 13, 14, 22, 34, 35, 37 to 126)
Various components shown in Tables 3 and 4 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass %) shown in Tables 3 and 4 to obtain a solution. The resulting solution was filtered through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition).
In the resist composition of the present embodiment, the solid content means all components other than the solvent and the specific additive.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. Further, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to all the solvents is described in the table.
The content of the specific additive was measured in the same manner as above.
<パターン形成方法(6):EB露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 6インチウェハ上に東京エレクトロン(株)製スピンコーターMark8を用いて表3、4に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、110℃にて90秒間ホットプレート上でベーク(PB)して、膜厚80nmのレジスト膜を得た。
 このレジスト膜に電子線描画装置((株)エリオニクス社製;ELS-7500、加速電圧50KeV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=100nmであり、且つライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。照射後に、110℃にて90秒間ホットプレート上でベーク(PEB)し、現像液として2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液に60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、純水でリンスして乾燥することで、ピッチ200nm、ライン幅100nm(スペース幅100nm)のラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
 なお、線幅100nmのラインアンドスペース(LS)パターンを形成する最適露光量(感度)(μC/cm)とした。上記感度の決定において、パターンのスペース幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製9380II)を用いた。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern forming method (6): EB exposure, alkali development (positive)>
The resist composition shown in Tables 3 and 4 was applied onto a 6-inch wafer using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron Ltd., and baked (PB) on a hot plate at 110° C. for 90 seconds to give a film thickness of 80 nm. A resist film of was obtained.
The resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation by using an electron beam drawing apparatus (manufactured by Elionix Co., Ltd.; ELS-7500, accelerating voltage 50 KeV). As the reticle, a mask having a line size=100 nm and a line:space=1:1 was used. After the irradiation, baking (PEB) was performed on a hot plate at 110° C. for 90 seconds, and it was immersed in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution as a developing solution for 60 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. By drying, a line and space pattern having a pitch of 200 nm and a line width of 100 nm (space width 100 nm) was obtained.
The optimum exposure dose (sensitivity) (μC/cm 2 ) for forming a line-and-space (LS) pattern having a line width of 100 nm was used. In the determination of the sensitivity, a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope) (9380II manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) was used to measure the space width of the pattern.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having the substrate and the pattern formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
<性能評価>
[経時安定性]
 レジスト組成物を40℃で4週間保存した後、上記と同様にラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。得られたラインアンドスペースパターンにおいて、上記と同様に感度を求めて、経時保存前のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度と経時保存(40℃で4週間)後のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンの感度との差、すなわち感度変動の度合いを下記判定基準に従って評価した。
(判定基準)
A:観察される感度変動が1μC/cm未満
B:観察される感度変動が1μC/cm以上2μC/cm未満
C:観察される感度変動が2μC/cm以上3μC/cm未満
D:観察される感度変動が3μC/cm以上
<Performance evaluation>
[Stability over time]
After storing the resist composition at 40° C. for 4 weeks, a line and space pattern was formed in the same manner as above. The sensitivity of the obtained line-and-space pattern was determined in the same manner as described above, and the sensitivity of the line-and-space pattern formed using the resist composition before storage with time and the resist after storage with time (40° C. for 4 weeks) The difference from the sensitivity of the line and space pattern formed by using the composition, that is, the degree of sensitivity variation was evaluated according to the following criteria.
(Criteria)
A: Observed sensitivity variation is less than 1 μC/cm 2 B: Observed sensitivity variation is 1 μC/cm 2 or more and less than 2 μC/cm 2 C: Observed sensitivity variation is 2 μC/cm 2 or more and less than 3 μC/cm 2 D : Observed sensitivity fluctuation is 3 μC/cm 2 or more
[矩形性]
 線幅100nm/膜厚80nmのラインアンドスペースパターンの断面形状を観察し、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を用いて、レジストパターンの底部における線幅Lbと、レジストパターンの上部での線幅Laを測定し、0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05である場合は「A」と、0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95、又は、1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10である場合は「B」と、0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90、又は、1.10<(La/Lb)≦1.15である場合は「C」と、上記「A」「B」及び「C」における範囲外である場合は「D」と評価した。
[Rectangularity]
By observing the cross-sectional shape of the line-and-space pattern having a line width of 100 nm/a film thickness of 80 nm, the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern was measured using a length scanning electron microscope (SEM Hitachi S-9380II). The line width La at the upper part of the resist pattern is measured, and when 0.95≦(La/Lb)≦1.05, “A”, 0.90≦(La/Lb)<0.95, or , 1.05<(La/Lb)≦1.10, “B” and 0.85≦(La/Lb)<0.90, or 1.10<(La/Lb)≦1 It was evaluated as “C” when it was 0.15 and as “D” when it was out of the range of the above “A”, “B” and “C”.
 得られた評価結果を表5に示す。 Table 5 shows the obtained evaluation results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
 表5の結果により、本発明の組成物から得られるパターン断面形状は優れた矩形性を有しており、更に本発明の組成物は、優れた経時安定性を有していることがわかる。 From the results in Table 5, it can be seen that the pattern cross-sectional shape obtained from the composition of the present invention has excellent rectangularity, and the composition of the present invention has excellent stability over time.
 本発明によれば、得られるパターン断面形状の優れた矩形性と、優れた経時安定性とを高次元で両立する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 本発明によれば更に、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that achieves both excellent rectangularity of the obtained pattern cross-sectional shape and excellent stability over time at a high level.
The present invention can further provide a resist film, a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2018年12月28日出願の日本特許出願(特願2018-248645)、2019年7月26日出願の日本特許出願(特願2019-138319)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to particular embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on the Japanese patent application filed on December 28, 2018 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-248645) and the Japanese patent application filed on July 26, 2019 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-138319), the contents of which are as follows. Incorporated here as a reference.

Claims (9)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表される化合物及び下記一般式(2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つである化合物(P)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上1000ppm以下であり、
     前記化合物(P)の分子量が500以下である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(1)中、
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Lは、二価の連結基を表し、Lで表される基の炭素数は1~5である。
     nは、1以上の整数を表す。但し、nが1を表す場合は、Lの炭素数は1又は2である。
     nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLは同一であっても良く、異なっていても良い。
     一般式(2)中、
     Rは、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、Rが置換基を表す場合は、RにおいてH-C(=O)-と結合する原子は炭素原子である。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a compound (P) which is at least one of the compounds represented by the following general formula (2): ,
    The content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 1000 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition,
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the compound (P) has a molecular weight of 500 or less.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (1),
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    L represents a divalent linking group, and the group represented by L has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when n represents 1, the carbon number of L is 1 or 2.
    When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ls may be the same or different.
    In the general formula (2),
    R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, when R 3 represents a substituent, the atom bonded to H—C(═O)— in R 3 is a carbon atom.
  2.  前記化合物(P)が、下記一般式(3)又は下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(3)中、
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     nは、1以上の整数を表す。
     一般式(4)中、
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     n1は、1以上の整数を表す。
     n2は、1以上の整数を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound (P) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the general formula (3),
    R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more.
    In the general formula (4),
    R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    n1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
    n2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  3.  前記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上500ppm以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 500 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Resin composition.
  4.  前記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上200ppm以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 4. The activity-sensitive material according to claim 1, wherein the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 200 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  5.  前記化合物(P)の含有量が、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1ppm以上100ppm以下である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The activity-sensitive material according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the content of the compound (P) is 1 ppm or more and 100 ppm or less based on the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  6.  更に酸拡散制御剤を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising an acid diffusion controller.
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されたレジスト膜。 A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8.  請求項7に記載のレジスト膜を露光する工程、及び、露光された前記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程を含むパターン形成方法。 A pattern forming method, comprising: a step of exposing the resist film according to claim 7; and a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
  9.  請求項8に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
     
    A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 8.

PCT/JP2019/050208 2018-12-28 2019-12-20 Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method WO2020137921A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980086223.5A CN113260604B (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-20 Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR1020217020034A KR102603416B1 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-20 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2020563225A JP7295886B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-20 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2023038053A JP2023082000A (en) 2018-12-28 2023-03-10 Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018248645 2018-12-28
JP2018-248645 2018-12-28
JP2019-138319 2019-07-26
JP2019138319 2019-07-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020137921A1 true WO2020137921A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Family

ID=71129419

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/050208 WO2020137921A1 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-20 Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7295886B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102603416B1 (en)
CN (1) CN113260604B (en)
TW (1) TW202036159A (en)
WO (1) WO2020137921A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022138648A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2023127692A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-07-06 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2024004790A1 (en) * 2022-06-29 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007197613A (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-08-09 Jsr Corp Radiosensitive resin composition
JP2011138111A (en) * 2009-12-02 2011-07-14 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Chemically amplified resist material, and pattern forming method using the same
WO2017110352A1 (en) * 2015-12-25 2017-06-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method
JP2018064093A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Production method and kit of semiconductor chip

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004085900A (en) * 2002-08-27 2004-03-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition
JP2009288344A (en) * 2008-05-27 2009-12-10 Fujifilm Corp Positive type resist composition and pattern forming method using the composition
JP6292059B2 (en) 2013-08-13 2018-03-14 Jsr株式会社 Substrate processing method
TWI693470B (en) * 2015-06-30 2020-05-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, and liquid crystal display device
JP7097873B2 (en) * 2017-03-17 2022-07-08 富士フイルム株式会社 A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007197613A (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-08-09 Jsr Corp Radiosensitive resin composition
JP2011138111A (en) * 2009-12-02 2011-07-14 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Chemically amplified resist material, and pattern forming method using the same
WO2017110352A1 (en) * 2015-12-25 2017-06-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method
JP2018064093A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Production method and kit of semiconductor chip

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022138648A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2023127692A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-07-06 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2024004790A1 (en) * 2022-06-29 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023082000A (en) 2023-06-13
JPWO2020137921A1 (en) 2021-10-21
CN113260604A (en) 2021-08-13
JP7295886B2 (en) 2023-06-21
TW202036159A (en) 2020-10-01
CN113260604B (en) 2023-10-17
KR20210099049A (en) 2021-08-11
KR102603416B1 (en) 2023-11-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6931707B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing a resist film, method for forming a pattern, and method for producing an electronic device.
JPWO2018212079A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2020066824A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7295886B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6833053B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2020158366A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6925429B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2020049859A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2019188595A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method therefor, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7280957B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019187632A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polyester
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
WO2021172111A1 (en) Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2020105523A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7356568B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7309888B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7344956B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021039429A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7039715B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19905955

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020563225

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217020034

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19905955

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1